macro library reference manual · macro library reference manual 9 purpose and scope the macro...

459
Technical Support Line: 1-800-LATTICE or (408) 428-6414 EXPERT-ML 7.01 Macro Library Reference Manual Version 7.0

Upload: others

Post on 22-Mar-2021

28 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Technical Support Line: 1-800-LATTICE or (408) 428-6414EXPERT-ML 7.01

Macro Library Reference Manual

Version 7.0

Page 2: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Macro Library Reference Manual 2

Copyright

This document may not, in whole or part, be copied, photocopied, reproduced,translated, or reduced to any electronic medium or machine-readable form withoutprior written consent from Lattice Semiconductor Corporation.

The software described in this manual is copyrighted and all rights are reserved byLattice Semiconductor Corporation. Information in this document is subject to changewithout notice.

The distribution and sale of this product is intended for the use of the originalpurchaser only and for use only on the computer system specified. Lawful users ofthis product are hereby licensed only to read the programs on the disks, cassettes, ortapes from their medium into the memory of a computer solely for the purpose ofexecuting them. Unauthorized copying, duplicating, selling, or otherwise distributingthis product is a violation of the law.

Trademarks

The following trademarks are recognized by Lattice Semiconductor Corporation:

Generic Array Logic, ISP, ispANALYZER, ispATE, ispCODE, ispDCD,ispDOWNLOAD, ispDS, ispDS+, ispEXPERT, ispGDS, ispGDX, ispHDL, ispJTAG,ispSmartFlow, ispStarter, ispSTREAM, ispTA, ispTEST, ispTURBO, ispVECTOR,ispVerilog, ispVHDL, Latch-Lock, LHDL, pDS+, RFT, and Twin GLB are trademarks ofLattice Semiconductor Corporation.

E2CMOS, GAL, ispGAL, ispLSI, pDS, pLSI, Silicon Forest, and UltraMOS areregistered trademarks of Lattice Semiconductor Corporation.

Microsoft, Windows, and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation.

IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

Lattice Semiconductor Corporation5555 NE Moore Ct.Hillsboro, OR 97124

(503) 681-0118

September 1998

Page 3: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Table of Contents

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Purpose and Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Documentation Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Signal Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Truth Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Module Macro Truth Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Pin Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Logic Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Using the NOMIN Attribute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Quick Reference Macro Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Programmable Macro Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Arithmetic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Adders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

ADDF1, ADDF2, F3ADD, ADDF4, ADDF8, ADDF8A & ADDF16A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50ADDH1, ADDH2, ADDH3, ADDH4, ADDH8, ADDH8A, & ADDH16A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Comparators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78CMP2, CMP4, and CMP8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78MAG2, MAG4, and MAG8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Multipliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81MULT24 and MULT44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Propagate-Generate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85PG1, PG2, PG3, & PG4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Subtractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91SUBF1, SUBF2, F3SUB, SUBF4, SUBF8, SUBF8A, & SUBF16A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91SUBH1, SUBH2, SUBH3, SUBH4, SUBH8, SUBH8A, & SUBH16A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Coders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Decoders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

BIN27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116DEC2 and DEC2E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118DEC3 and DEC3E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119DEC4 and DEC4E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Encoders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121PREN8 and PREN8E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121PREN10 and PREN10E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122PREN16 & PREN16E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Macro Library Reference Manual 3

Page 4: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Binary Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

CBD11, CBD12, CBD14, and CBD18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125CBD21, CBD22, CBD24, and CBD28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131CBD31, CBD32, CBD34, and CBD38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137CBD41, CBD42, CBD44, and CBD48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144CBD516 and CBD616 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151CBU11, CBU12, CBU14, and CBU18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161CBU21, CBU22, CBU24, and CBU28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167CBU31, CBU32, CBU34, and CBU38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173CBU41, CBU42, CBU44, and CBU48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180CBU516 and CBU616 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187CBU716 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196CBUD1, CBUD2, CBUD4, and CBUD8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202CDD14 and CDD18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212CDD24 and CDD28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218CDD34 and CDD38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224CDD44 and CDD48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Decade Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234CDU14 and CDU18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234CDU24 and CDU28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240CDU34 and CDU38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246CDU44 and CDU48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252CDUD4 and CDUD8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258CDUD4c and CDUD8c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Gray Code Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278CGD14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278CGD24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281CGU14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284CGU24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288CGUD4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

I/O Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Bidirectional Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

BI11, BI14, and BI18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296BI21, BI24, and BI28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297BI31, BI34, and BI38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298BI41, BI44, and BI48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299BIID11, BIID14, and BIID18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300BIID21, BIID24, and BIID28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301BIID31, BIID34, and BIID38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302BIID41, BIID44, and BIID48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303BIID51, BIID54, and BIID58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304BIID61, BIID64, and BIID68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305BIID71, BIID74, and BIID78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306BIID81, BIID84, and BIID88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307BIIL11, BIIL14, and BIIL18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308BIIL21, BIIL24, and BIIL28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Macro Library Reference Manual 4

Page 5: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIIL31, BIIL34, and BIIL38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310BIIL41, BIIL44, and BIIL48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311BIIL51, BIIL54, and BIIL58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312BIIL61, BIIL64, and BIIL68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313BIIL71, BIIL74, and BIIL78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314BIIL81, BIIL84, and BIIL88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Input Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316IB11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316ID11, ID14, and ID18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317ID21, ID24, and ID28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318IL11, IL14, and IL18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319IL21, IL24, and IL28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Output Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321OB11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321OB21, OB24, and OB28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322OT11, OT14, and OT18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323OT21, OT24, and OT28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324OT31, OT34, and OT38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325OT41, OT44, and OT48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Logic Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Logic Gates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

AND2 Through AND18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328BUF and INV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329NAND2 Through NAND12 & NAND16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330NOR2 Through NOR12 & NOR16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331OR2 Through OR12 and OR16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332XNOR2, XNOR3, XNOR4, XNOR7, XNOR8, and XNOR9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333XOR2, LXOR2, XOR3, XOR4, XOR8, and XOR9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

MUX/DMUX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335Multiplexers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

MUX2 and MUX2E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336MUX4 and MUX4E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337MUX8 and MUX8E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338MUX16 and MUX16E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339MUX22 and MUX22E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343MUX24 and MUX24E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344MUX42 and MUX42E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345MUX44 and MUX44E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346MUX44A and MUX44AE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349MUX82 and MUX82E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

Demultiplexers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351DMUX2 and DMUX2E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351DMUX4 and DMUX4E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352DMUX22 and DMUX22E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353DMUX24 and DMUX24E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354DMUX42 and DMUX42E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Macro Library Reference Manual 5

Page 6: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DMUX44 and DMUX44E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356DMUX82 & DMUX82E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358D Flip-flops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359

FD11, FD14, and FD18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359FD21, FD24, and FD28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360FD31, FD34, and FD38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361FD41, FD44, and FD48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362FD51, FD54, and FD58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363FD61, FD64, and FD68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364FD71, FD74, and FD78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365FD81, FD84, and FD88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366FD91, FD94, and FD98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367FDA1, FDA4, and FDA8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

JK Flip-flops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369FJK11 and FJK21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369FJK31 and FJK41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370FJK51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Toggle Flip-flops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372FT11 and FT21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

D Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373LD11, LD14, and LD18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373LD21, LD24, and LD28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374LD31, LD34, and LD38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375LD41, LD44, and LD48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376LD51, LD54, and LD58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377LD61, LD64, and LD68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378LD71, LD74, and LD78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379LD81, LD84, and LD88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380LD91, LD94, and LD98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381LDA1, LDA4, and LDA8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

SR Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383LSR1 and LSR2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Shift Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384SRR11, SRR14, and SRR18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384SRR21, SRR24, and SRR28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388SRR31, SRR34, and SRR38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392SRR41, SRR44, and SRR48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396SRRL1, SRRL4, and SRRL8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

Module Macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405Control Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

ALECTRL8, ALECTRL9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406ALFCTRL8, ALFCTRL9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407PSCTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408POLCTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409CAOCTRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410

Macro Library Reference Manual 6

Page 7: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Timer/Counter Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411C4R4AL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411C4R4PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413T4R4AL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415T4R4PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417T4R4CPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

RAM Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421RAM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421RAM2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423RAM3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424RAM4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426RAM5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427RAM6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429RAM7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430RAM8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432RAM9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434RAM10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436RAM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438RAM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

FIFO Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442FIFO1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442FIFO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444FIFO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445FIFO3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446FIFO4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Register File Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450PSSR8X16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450SSSR128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452SPSR8X16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453RF8X16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

Macro Library Reference Manual 7

Page 8: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Preface

OverviewThis Preface contains information on the following topics:

■ Purpose and Scope

■ Documentation Conventions

■ Quick Reference Macro Table

Macro Library Reference Manual 8

Page 9: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Purpose and ScopeThe Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and useof the library macros provided with the pLSI and ispLSI Development System fromLattice Semiconductor Corporation (LSC). This reference manual provides thefollowing information about each macro:

Function The purpose and use of the macro.

Availability Whether the macro is available in pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+, or inispDS and ispDS+, or in pDS only.

Symbol The representation of a macro within a schematic.

Type Macro types are as follows:

LogicThese are the building blocks of macros.

PrimitiveAND, NAND, OR, NOR, and XOR gates, and the FD11 andFD12 D-type flip-flops are logic primitives.

HardLSC ensures the performance and logic utilization of hardmacros. These macros use entire GLBs. You cannot edit thesemacros.

SoftThese macros are editable, so you can develop more complexfunctions based on them. If a soft macro uses only part of a GLB,you can add additional logic to that GLB.

Logic Resources The number of product terms (PTs), Generic Logic Blocks(GLBs), GLB outputs, and GLB levels a macro requires (pDSonly – values for pDS+ macros are approximate).

Equation Entry The format of the equation you enter that represents the macro(pDS only, but shows the pDS+ pin order).

Truth Table The table that shows the relationships between all the possibleinputs and outputs for the macro.

Macro Library Reference Manual 9

Page 10: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Documentation ConventionsThe following sections describe the conventions used for signal names, truth tables,pin labeling, and logic resources. A quick reference table is also included which givesa brief description of each macro and its availability.

Signal Names

A0..An-1,B0..Bn-1 .... inputsZ0..Zn-1................... outputsZN0 ........................ output of inverted gateXI0.......................... external input pinXO0........................ external output pinOE.......................... Output EnableXB0 ........................ external bidirectional pinCLK ........................ Clock lineD0..Dn-1.................. input to D flip-flop/latch; input to T flip-flop; load inputs for counters

and shift registersQ0..Qn-1 ................. output of flip-flop or latchQ0’..Qn-1’................ previous output of flip-flop or latchTE........................... Test Enable input for scan flip-flopsTI0..TIn-1................. Test Inputs for scan flip-flops and latchesG ............................ Gate for latchTG .......................... Test Gate for scan latchLD........................... parallel Load for shift registers and countersCD.......................... Clear Direct (asynchronous)PS .......................... Preset SynchronousCS .......................... Clear SynchronousPD .......................... Preset Direct (only on latches)J0,K0...................... inputs to JK flip-flopS0,S1,R0,R1 .......... inputs to SR latchS0..Sn-1 .................. select lines – multiplexors/demultiplexors, decoders/priority

encodersEN .......................... Enable for multiplexors and countersCI............................ Carry In for addersCO.......................... Carry Out for addersBI............................ Borrow In for subtractorsBO.......................... Borrow Out for subtractorsEQ.......................... A equals B output for comparatorsGT .......................... A greater than B output for comparatorsLT ........................... A Less Than B output for comparatorsEQI ......................... Cascade input of EQ from previous stage for mag comparatorsGTI ......................... Cascade input of GT from previous stage for mag comparatorsLTI .......................... Cascade input of LT from previous stage for mag comparators

Macro Library Reference Manual 10

Page 11: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CAI ......................... shift registers: serial input; counters: CAscade InCAIR....................... shift right serial inputCAIL ....................... shift left serial inputRL........................... shift Right/shift Left control for SRRL shift registersCAO ....................... CAscade Out for countersDNUP..................... count Down/count UP control for up-down counters

Macro Library Reference Manual 11

Page 12: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Tablesx ...................don’t careX...................X (unknown) stateZ...................high impedance stated ...................any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputsd ...................the inverse of d↑ ...................rising clock edge↓ ...................falling clock edge- ....................appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin

For macros such as the MUX2 and the MUX2E, which are identical except for theenable feature on the MUX2E, table cells in gray represent the additional truth tablerow and column that apply only to the macro with the enable. For example, the truthtable for the MUX2 and MUX2E appears as follows:

By disregarding the gray cells in the truth table shown above, you can see the truthtable for the MUX2.

Some truth tables show input and output information for several macros that performthe same function but handle a different number of bits. For example, LD11 and LD14have one-bit and four-bit D latches, respectively. In these truth tables, you see 0~n-1,which indicates that the column represents bits 0 through n-1, where n is the numberof bits in the macro of interest. The truth table for LD11 and LD14 looks like:

Input Output

EN S0 Z01 0 A01 1 A10 x 0

Input Output

S0 Z0

0 A0

1 A1

Input Output

D0~Dn-1 G Q0~Qn-1

d 1 d

x 0 Q0~Qn-1

Macro Library Reference Manual 12

Page 13: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

The truth table for LD11 alone would look like this:

Module Macro Truth Tables*.............. These inputs, once set are fixed and can only be connected to VCC/GND‡ ............. Refer to the User Programmable Features table† ............. Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality** ............ ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be conttected to bidirecitonal

pins§ ............. Data-in can only be external input signals. No logic can be connected§§ ........... Data-out can only be external output signals. No logic can be connected

Input Output

D0 G Q0

d 1 d

x 0 Q0

Macro Library Reference Manual 13

Page 14: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Pin LabelingTwo formats for describing groups of pins–logic diagrams and equation entry lines–are included in this manual. Both of these formats are shown in the followingexample:

Both of these examples refer to pins Q0 through Q7. The expressions [Q0..Q7] andQ0,Q1,Q2,Q3,Q4,Q5,Q6,Q7 are equivalent.

Equation formats apply to pDS only. They are included for pDS+ macros becausethey show the pin order of the macros.

Overline characters such as A0 indicate pin inversion. For the first pin in thesequence of a macro declaration statement, an exclamation point signifies an activelow condition; for example,

AND12(!Z0,[A0..A11]);

CBUD8

CBUD8([Q0..Q7] ,CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DN

Equation Entry

Logic Symbol

DN/UP

PS

CSCD

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

LD

D7

CAI

EN

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

CAO

Q0

Macro Library Reference Manual 14

Page 15: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Logic ResourcesThe logic resources of each macro are described as follows:

Product Terms (PTs) The number of gates in the AND array of theGLBs used by the macro. Add one product termif you use the Product Term Clock option withthe macro or if the macro has an asynchronousclear (CD). If “/out” follows the number ofproduct terms, it means the “number of productterms per output.”

Generic Logic Blocks(GLB) The number of GLBs that the macro uses.

GLB Outputs (Outputs) The number of GLB outputs the macro uses,including outputs internal to the macro. A GLBoutput is also called an Output Logic Macrocell(OLMC).

GLB Levels (Levels) The number of levels of GLBs (not gates) used.

For example, this is the logic resource summary for MUX24 and MUX24E:

A dash (-) indicates that the amount of the resource the macro uses depends on howthe macro is used or how the partitioner in pDS+ arranges the macro in the device.

Logic resources for most of the logic primitive macros are not listed. These macrosare rarely used by themselves, and when used with other macros, they are placed inspace left over by other macros.

Logic resource information only applies to pDS. For pDS+ macros, this information isapproximate because the partitioner may use different resources for a given macrodepending on the rest of the design.

Macro PT GLBs Outputs Levels

MUX24 4/out .5 2 1

MUX24E 4/out .5 2 1

Macro Library Reference Manual 15

Page 16: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Using the NOMIN AttributeCalling some macros and specifying the NOMIN attribute for a specific pin results inerror 5319 being issued to indicate a problem fitting the logic. The following table liststhe macros and the pin that cannot be assigned the NOMIN attribute.

Macro ParameterF3ADD_2 P012

ADDF8A_2 P012ADDF8A_5 P345ADDF16A_2 P012ADDF16A_4 P345ADDF16A_6 P678ADDF16A_8 P911

ADDF16A_10 P1214ADDH8A_4 P345

ADDH16A_4 P345ADDH16A_6 P678ADDH16A_8 P911ADDH16A_10 P1214

CMP8 EQMULT44_6 P345F3SUB_2 P012

SUBF8A_2 P012SUBF8A_5 P345

SUBF16A_2 P012SUBF16A_4 P345SUBF16A_6 P678SUBF16A_8 P911

SUBF16A_10 P1214SUBH8A_4 P345

SUBH16A_4 P345SUBH16A_6 P678SUBH16A_8 P911SUBH16A_10 P1214

Macro Library Reference Manual 16

Page 17: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

Quick Reference Macro TableThe following table lists the macros available from LSC for use with the pDS andisPDS or ispDS+ design solutions. The table also indicates if the macro can be usedwith the LS C 1000, 2000, or 3000 family of parts.

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

ADDF1 1-bit full adder (page 50) X X X X X

ADDF2 2-bit full adder (page 50) X X X X X

F3ADD 3-bit full adder withpropagate-generate(page 50)

X X X X X

ADDF4 4-bit full adder (page 50) X X X X X

ADDF8 8-bit full adder (page 50) X X X X X

ADDF8A 8-bit full adder withpropagate-generatesubmacros (page 50)

X X X X X

ADDF16A 16-bit full adder withpropagate-generatesubmacros (page 50)

X X X X X

ADDH1 1-bit half adder (page 65) X X X X X

ADDH2 2-bit half adder (page 65) X X X X X

ADDH3 3-bit half adder (page 65) X X X X X

ADDH4 4-bit half adder (page 65) X X X X X

ADDH8 8-bit half adder (page 65) X X X X X

ADDH8A 8-bit half adder built withpropagate-generatesubmacros (page 65)

X X X X X

ADDH16A 16-bit half adder built withpropagate-generatesubmacros (page 65)

X X X X X

AND2 throughAND12 andAND16

2 to 12-input AND gatesand 16-input AND gate(page 328)

X X X X X

AND13 throughAND15, AND17,and AND18

13 to 15-input AND gatesand 17 to 18-input ANDgates (page 328)

X X X X

Macro Library Reference Manual 17

Page 18: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

BI11 1-bit bidirect pin(page 296)

X X X X X

BI14 Four BI11s with commonOutput Enable (page 296)

X X X X

BI18 Eight BI11s with commonOutput Enable (page 296)

X X X X

BI21 1-bit bidirect pin withinverted output (page 297)

X X X X X

BI24 Four BI21s with commonOutput Enable (page 297)

X X X X

BI28 Eight BI21s with commonOutput Enable (page 297)

X X X X

BI31 1-bit bidirect pin with activelow Output Enable(page 298)

X X X X X

BI34 Four BI31s with commonOutput Enable (page 298)

X X X X

BI38 Eight BI31s with commonOutput Enable (page 298)

X X X X

BI41 1-bit bidirect pin withinverted output and activelow Output Enable(page 299)

X X X X X

BI44 Four BI41s with commonOutput Enable (page 299)

X X X X

BI48 Eight BI41s with commonOutput Enable (page 299)

X X X X

BIID11 1-bit bidirect pin withregistered input(page 300)

X X X X

BIID14 Four BIID11s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 300)

X X X

BIID18 Eight BIID11s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 300)

X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 18

Page 19: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

BIID21 1-bit bidirect pin withregistered input andinverted output (page 301)

X X X X

BIID24 Four BIID21s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 301)

X X X

BIID28 Eight BIID21s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 301)

X X X

BIID31 1-bit bidirect pin withregistered input and activelow enable (page 302)

X X X X

BIID34 Four BIID31s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 302)

X X X

BIID38 Eight BIID31s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 302)

X X X

BIID41 1-bit bidirect pin withregistered input, invertedoutput, and active lowenable (page 303)

X X X X

BIID44 Four BIID41s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 303)

X X X

BIID48 Eight BIID41s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 303)

X X X

BIID51 1-bit bidirect pin withregistered input andinverted clock (page 304)

X X X

BIID54 Four BIID51s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 304)

X X

BIID58 Eight BIID51s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 304)

X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 19

Page 20: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

BIID61 1-bit bidirect pin withregistered input, invertedoutput, and inverted clock(page 305)

X X X

BIID64 Four BIID61s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 305)

X X

BIID68 Eight BIID61s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 305)

X X

BIID71 1-bit bidirect pin withregistered input, active lowenable, and inverted clock(page 306)

X X X

BIID74 Four BIID71s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 306)

X X

BIID78 Eight BIID71s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 306)

X X

BIID81 1-bit bidirect pin withregistered input, invertedoutput, active low enable,and inverted clock(page 307)

X X X

BIID84 Four BIID81s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 307)

X X

BIID88 Eight BIID81s withcommon clock and OutputEnable (page 307)

X X

BIIL11 1-bit bidirect pin withlatched input (page 308)

X X X X

BIIL14 Four BIIL11s with commonG and Output Enable(page 308)

X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 20

Page 21: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

BIIL18 Eight BIIL11s withcommon G and OutputEnable (page 308)

X X X

BIIL21 1-bit bidirect pin withlatched input and invertedoutput (page 309)

X X X X

BIIL24 Four BIIL21s with commonG and Output Enable(page 309)

X X X

BIIL28 Eight BIIL21s withcommon G and OutputEnable (page 309)

X X X

BIIL31 1-bit bidirect pin withlatched input and activelow enable (page 310)

X X X X

BIIL34 Four BIIL31s with commonG and Output Enable(page 310)

X X X

BIIL38 Eight BIIL31s withcommon G and OutputEnable (page 310)

X X X

BIIL41 1-bit bidirect pin withlatched input, invertedoutput, and active lowenable (page 311)

X X X X

BIIL44 Four BIIL41s with commonG and Output Enable(page 311)

X X X

BIIL48 Eight BIIL41s withcommon G and OutputEnable (page 311)

X X X

BIIL51 1-bit bidirect pin withlatched input, and invertedG (page 312)

X X X

BIIL54 Four BIIL51s with commonG and Output Enable(page 312)

X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 21

Page 22: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

BIIL58 Eight BIIL51s withcommon G and OutputEnable (page 312)

X X

BIIL61 1-bit bidirect pin withlatched input, invertedoutput, and inverted G(page 313)

X X X

BIIL64 Four BIIL61s with commonG and Output Enable(page 313)

X X

BIIL68 Eight BIIL61s withcommon G and OutputEnable (page 313)

X X

BIIL71 1-bit bidirect pin withlatched input, active lowenable, and inverted G(page 314)

X X X

BIIL74 Four BIIL71s with commonG and Output Enable(page 314)

X X

BIIL78 Eight BIIL71s withcommon G and OutputEnable (page 314)

X X

BIIL81 1-bit bidirect pin withlatched input, invertedoutput, active low enable,and inverted G (page 315)

X X X

BIIL84 Four BIIL81s with commonG and Output Enable(page 315)

X X

BIIL88 Eight BIIL81s withcommon G and OutputEnable (page 315)

X X

BIN27 Binary-7-segment decoderwith enable (page 116)

X X X X X

BUF Single input buffer(page 329)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 22

Page 23: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

CBD11 1-bit down counter withasync clear, CAI, and CAO(page 125)

X X X X X

CBD12 2-bit down counter withasync clear, CAI, and CAO(page 125)

X X X X X

CBD14 4-bit down counter withasync clear, CAI, and CAO(page 125)

X X X X X

CBD18 8-bit down counter withasync clear, CAI, and CAO(page 125)

X X X X X

CBD21 1-bit down counter withasynchronous clear,enable, CAI, and CAO(page 131)

X X X X X

CBD22 2-bit down counter withasynchronous clear,enable, CAI, and CAO(page 131)

X X X X X

CBD24 4-bit down counter withasynchronous clear,enable, CAI, and CAO(page 131)

X X X X X

CBD28 8-bit down counter withasynchronous clear,enable, CAI, and CAO(page 131)

X X X X X

CBD31 1-bit down counter withasynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,sync preset, CAI, and CAO(page 137)

X X X X X

CBD32 2-bit down counter withasynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,sync preset, CAI, and CAO(page 137)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 23

Page 24: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

CBD34 4-bit down counter withasynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,sync preset, CAI, and CAO(page 137)

X X X X X

CBD38 8-bit down counter withasynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,sync preset, CAI, and CAO(page 137)

X X X X X

CBD41 1-bit down counter withsynchronous clear, enable,parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 144)

X X X X X

CBD42 2-bit down counter withsynchronous clear, enable,parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 144)

X X X X X

CBD44 4-bit down counter withsynchronous clear, enable,parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 144)

X X X X X

CBD48 8-bit down counter withsynchronous clear, enable,parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 144)

X X X X X

CBD516 16-bit down counter withasynchronous clear andenable (page 151)

X X X X X

CBD616 16-bit down counter withasynchronous clear, CAO,and enable (page 151)

X X X X X

CBU11 1-bit up counter withasynchronous clear, CAI,and CAO (page 161)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 24

Page 25: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

CBU12 2-bit up counter withasynchronous clear, CAI,and CAO (page 161)

X X X X X

CBU14 4-bit up counter withasynchronous clear, CAI,and CAO (page 161)

X X X X X

CBU18 8-bit up counter withasynchronous clear, CAI,and CAO (page 161)

X X X X X

CBU21 1-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, CAI, and CAO(page 167)

X X X X X

CBU22 2-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, CAI, and CAO(page 167)

X X X X X

CBU24 4-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, CAI, and CAO(page 167)

X X X X X

CBU28 8-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, CAI, and CAO(page 167)

X X X X X

CBU31 1-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 173)

X X X X X

CBU32 2-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 173)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 25

Page 26: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

CBU34 4-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 173)

X X X X X

CBU38 8-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 173)

X X X X X

CBU41 1-bit up counter withsynchronous clear, enable,parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 180)

X X X X X

CBU42 2-bit up counter withsynchronous clear, enable,parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 180)

X X X X X

CBU44 4-bit up counter withsynchronous clear, enable,parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 180)

X X X X X

CBU48 8-bit up counter withsynchronous clear, enable,parallel data load,synchronous preset, CAI,and CAO (page 180)

X X X X X

CBU516 16-bit up counter withasynchronous clear andenable (page 187)

X X X X X

CBU616 16-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, and CAO(page 187)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 26

Page 27: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

CBU716 16-bit up counter withasynchronous clear,enable, parallel data loadand carry out for 3000device (page 196)

X X X

CBUD1 1-bit up/down counter withasync clear, sync clear,enable, parallel data load,sync preset, CAI, and CAO(page 202)

X X X X X

CBUD2 2-bit up/down counter withasync clear, sync clear,enable, parallel data load,sync preset, CAI, and CAO(page 202)

X X X X X

CBUD4 4-bit up/down counter withasync clear, sync clear,enable, parallel data load,sync preset, CAI, and CAO(page 202)

X X X X X

CBUD8 8-bit up/down counter withasync clear, sync clear,enable, parallel data load,sync preset, CAI, and CAO(page 202)

X X X X X

CDD14 4-bit decade down counterwith async clear, enable,and parallel data load(page 212)

X X X X X

CDD18 8-bit decade down counterwith async clear, enable,and parallel data load(page 212)

X X X X X

CDD24 4-bit decade down counterwith sync clear, enable,and parallel data load(page 218)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 27

Page 28: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

CDD28 8-bit decade down counterwith sync clear, enable,and parallel data load(page 218)

X X X X X

CDD34 4-bit decade down counterwith asynchronous clear,enable, and parallel dataload, CAI, and CAO(page 224)

X X X X X

CDD38 8-bit decade down counterwith asynchronous clear,enable, and parallel dataload, CAI, and CAO(page 224)

X X X X X

CDD44 4-bit decade down counterwith synchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,CAI, and CAO (page 230)

X X X X X

CDD48 8-bit decade down counterwith synchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,CAI, and CAO (page 230)

X X X X X

CDU14 4-bit decade up counterwith async clear, enable,and parallel data load(page 234)

X X X X X

CDU18 8-bit decade up counterwith async clear, enable,and parallel data load(page 234)

X X X X X

CDU24 4-bit decade up counterwith sync clear, enable,and parallel data load(page 240)

X X X X X

CDU28 8-bit decade up counterwith sync clear, enable,and parallel data load(page 240)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 28

Page 29: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

CDU34 4-bit decade up counterwith asynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,CAI, and CAO (page 246)

X X X X X

CDU38 8-bit decade up counterwith asynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,CAI, and CAO (page 246)

X X X X X

CDU44 4-bit decade up counterwith synchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,CAI, and CAO (page 252)

X X X X X

CDU48 4-bit decade up counterwith synchronous clear,enable, parallel data load,CAI, and CAO (page 252)

X X X X X

CDUD4 4-bit up/down decadecounter with async clear,sync clear, enable, andparallel data load(page 258)

X X X X X

CDUD8 8-bit up/down decadecounter with async clear,sync clear, enable, andparallel data load(page 258)

X X X X X

CDUD4c 4-bit up/down decadecounter with async clear,sync clear, enable, andparallel data load, CAI,and CAO (page 268)

X X X X X

CDUD8c 8-bit up/down decadecounter with async clear,sync clear, enable, paralleldata load, CAI, and CAO(page 268)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 29

Page 30: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

CGD14 4-bit grey code downcounter with asynchronousclear, synchronous preset,enable, and parallel dataload (page 278)

X X X X X

CGD24 4-bit grey code downcounter with synchronousclear, synchronous preset,enable, and parallel dataload (page 281)

X X X X X

CGU14 4-bit grey code up counterwith asynchronous clear,synchronous preset,enable, and parallel dataload (page 284)

X X X X X

CGU24 4-bit grey code up counterwith synchronous clear,synchronous preset,enable, and parallel dataload (page 288)

X X X X X

CGUD4 4-bit grey code up/downcounter with async clear,sync clear and preset,enable, and parallel dataload (page 291)

X X X X X

CMP2 2-bit equality comparator(page 78)

X X X X X

CMP4 4-bit equality comparator(page 78)

X X X X X

CMP8 8-bit equality comparator(page 78)

X X X X X

DEC2 1-2 decoder (page 118) X X X X X

DEC2E 1-2 decoder with enable(page 118)

X X X X X

DEC3 1-3 decoder (page 119) X X X X X

DEC3E 1-3 decoder with enable(page 119)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 30

Page 31: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

DEC4 1-4 decoder (page 120) X X X X X

DEC4E 1-4 decoder with enable(page 120)

X X X X X

DMUX2 1 of 2 output dmux(page 336)

X X X X X

DMUX2E 1 of 2 output dmux withenable (page 336)

X X X X X

DMUX4 1 of 4 output dmux(page 337)

X X X X X

DMUX4E 1 of 4 output dmux withenable (page 337)

X X X X X

DMUX22 Dual 1 of 2 output dmuxwith common select line(page 353)

X X X X X

DMUX22E Dual 1 of 2 output dmuxwith common select lineand enable (page 353)

X X X X X

DMUX24 Dual 1 of 4 output dmuxwith common select line(page 354)

X X X X X

DMUX24E Dual 1 of 4 output dmuxwith common select lineand enable (page 354)

X X X X X

DMUX42 Quad 1 of 2 output dmuxwith common select line(page 355)

X X X X X

DMUX42E Quad 1 of 2 output dmuxwith common select lineand enable (page 355)

X X X X X

DMUX44 Quad 1 of 4 output dmuxwith common select line(page 356)

X X X X X

DMUX44E Quad 1 of 4 output dmuxwith common select lineand enable (page 356)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 31

Page 32: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

DMUX82 Octal 1 of 2 output dmuxwith common select line(page 357)

X X X X X

DMUX82E Octal 1 of 2 output dmuxwith common select lineand enable (page 357)

X X X X X

F3SUB 3-bit full subtractor withpropagate-generate(page 91)

X X X X X

FD11 1-bit D flip-flop (page 359) X X X X X

FD14 4-bit D flip-flop (page 359) X X X X X

FD18 8-bit D flip-flop (page 359) X X X X

FD21 1-bit D flip-flop with asyncclear (page 360)

X X X X X

FD24 4-bit D flip-flop with asyncclear (page 360)

X X X X X

FD28 8-bit D flip-flop with asyncclear (page 360)

X X X X

FD31 1-bit D flip-flop with syncpreset (page 361)

X X X X X

FD34 4-bit D flip-flop with syncpreset (page 361)

X X X X X

FD38 8-bit D flip-flop with syncpreset (page 361)

X X X X

FD41 1-bit D flip-flop withasynchronous cleardominant over sync preset(page 362)

X X X X X

FD44 4-bit D flip-flop withasynchronous cleardominant over sync preset(page 362)

X X X X X

FD48 8-bit D flip-flop with asyncclear dominant over syncpreset (page 362)

X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 32

Page 33: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

FD51 1-bit D flip-flop with syncpreset dominant over syncclear (page 363)

X X X X X

FD54 4-bit D flip-flop with syncpreset dominant over syncclear (page 363)

X X X X X

FD58 8-bit D flip-flop withsynchronous presetdominant oversynchronous clear(page 363)

X X X X

FD61 1-bit flip-flop with scan(page 364)

X X X X

FD64 4-bit flip-flop with scan(page 364)

X X X X

FD68 8-bit flip-flop with scan(page 364)

X X X X

FD71 1-bit D flip-flop with scanand asynchronous clear(page 365)

X X X X

FD74 4-bit D flip-flop with scanand asynchronous clear(page 365)

X X X X

FD78 8-bit D flip-flop with scanand asynchronous clear(page 365)

X X X X

FD81 1-bit D flip-flop with scanand synchronous preset(page 366)

X X X X

FD84 4-bit D flip-flop with scanand synchronous preset(page 366)

X X X X

FD88 8-bit D flip-flop with scanand synchronous preset(page 366)

X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 33

Page 34: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

FD91 1-bit D flip-flop with scanand async clear dominantover sync preset(page 367)

X X X X

FD94 4-bit D flip-flop with scanand async clear dominantover sync preset(page 367)

X X X X

FD98 8-bit D flip-flop with scanand async clear dominantover sync preset(page 367)

X X X X

FDA1 1-bit D flip-flop with scanand sync preset dominantover async clear(page 368)

X X X X

FDA4 4-bit D flip-flop with scanand sync preset dominantover async clear(page 368)

X X X X

FDA8 8-bit D flip-flop with scanand sync preset dominantover async clear(page 368)

X X X X

FJK11 JK flip-flop (page 369) X X X X X

FJK21 JK flip-flop with asyncclear (page 369)

X X X X X

FJK31 JK flip-flop with scan(page 370)

X X X X

FJK41 JK flip-flop with scan andasync clear (page 370)

X X X X

FJK51 JK flip-flop with asyncclear and sync preset(page 371)

X X X X X

FT11 Toggle flip-flop with asyncclear (page 372)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 34

Page 35: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

FT21 Toggle flip-flop with syncclear and preset, presetdominant (page 372)

X X X X X

IB11 1-bit input pin (page 316) X X X X X

ID11 1-bit registered input pin(page 317)

X X X X

ID14 Four ID11s with commonclock (page 317)

X X X

ID18 Eight ID11s with commonclock (page 317)

X X X

ID21 1-bit registered input pinwith inverted clock(page 318)

X X X

ID24 Four ID21s with commonclock (page 318)

X X

ID28 Eight ID21s with commonclock (page 318)

X X

IL11 1-bit input pin with D latchon input (page 319)

X X X X

IL14 Four IL11s with common G(page 319)

X X X

IL18 Eight IL11s with commonG (page 319)

X X X

IL21 1-bit input pin with D latchon input, inverted enable(page 320)

X X X

IL24 Four IL21s with common G(page 320)

X X

IL28 Eight IL21s with commonG (page 320)

X X

INV Single input inverter(page 329)

X X X X X

LD11 1-bit D latch (page 373) X X X X X

LD14 4-bit D latch (page 373) X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 35

Page 36: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

LD18 8-bit D latch (page 373) X X X X

LD21 1-bit D latch with asyncclear (page 374)

X X X X X

LD24 4-bit D latch with asyncclear (page 374)

X X X X X

LD28 8-bit D latch with asyncclear (page 374)

X X X X

LD31 1-bit D latch with asyncpreset (page 375)

X X X X X

LD34 4-bit D latch with asyncpreset (page 375)

X X X X X

LD38 8-bit D latch with asyncpreset (page 375)

X X X X

LD41 1-bit D latch with asyncclear dominant over asyncpreset (page 376)

X X X X X

LD44 4-bit D latch with asyncclear dominant over asyncpreset (page 376)

X X X X X

LD48 8-bit D latch with asyncclear dominant over asyncpreset (page 376)

X X X X

LD51 1-bit D latch with asyncpreset dominant overasync clear (page 377)

X X X X X

LD54 4-bit D latch with asyncpreset dominant overasync clear (page 377)

X X X X X

LD58 8-bit D latch with asyncpreset dominant overasync clear (page 377)

X X X X

LD61 1-bit D latch with scan(page 378)

X X X X

LD64 4-bit D latch with scan(page 378)

X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 36

Page 37: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

LD68 8-bit D latch with scan(page 378)

X X X X

LD71 1-bit D latch with scan andasynchronous clear(page 379)

X X X X

LD74 4-bit D latch with scan andasynchronous clear(page 379)

X X X X

LD78 8-bit D latch with scan andasynchronous clear(page 379)

X X X X

LD81 1-bit D latch with scan andasynchronous preset(page 380)

X X X X

LD84 4-bit D latch with scan andasynchronous preset(page 380)

X X X X

LD88 8-bit D latch with scan andasynchronous preset(page 380)

X X X X

LD91 1-bit D latch with scan andasync clear dominant overasync preset (page 381)

X X X X

LD94 4-bit D latch with scan andasync clear dominant overasync preset (page 381)

X X X X

LD98 8-bit D latch with scan andasync clear dominant overasync preset (page 381)

X X X X

LDA1 1-bit D latch with scan andasync preset dominantover async clear(page 382)

X X X X

LDA4 4-bit D latch with scan andasync preset dominantover async clear(page 382)

X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 37

Page 38: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

LDA8 8-bit D latch with scan andasync preset dominantover async clear(page 382)

X X X X

LSR1 Simple SR latch(page 383)

X X X X X

LSR2 SR latch with OR on S andR inputs (page 383)

X X X X X

LXOR2 XOR gate (page 334) X X X X

MAG2 2-bit magnitudecomparator (page 79)

X X X X X

MAG4 4-bit magnitudecomparator (page 79)

X X X X X

MAG8 8-bit magnitudecomparator (page 79)

X X X X X

MULT24 2-bit by 4-bit multiplier(page 81)

X X X X X

MULT44 4-bit by 4-bit multiplier(page 81)

X X X X X

MUX2 1 of 2 input mux(page 336)

X X X X X

MUX2E 1 of 2 input mux withenable (page 336)

X X X X X

MUX4 1 of 4 input mux(page 337)

X X X X X

MUX4E 1 of 4 input mux withenable (page 337)

X X X X X

MUX8 1 of 8 input mux(page 338)

X X X X X

MUX8E 1 of 8 input mux withenable (page 338)

X X X X X

MUX16 1 of 16 input mux for 3000device only (page 339)

X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 38

Page 39: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

MUX16E 1 of 16 input mux withenable for 3000 deviceonly (page 339)

X X X

MUX22 Dual 1 of 2 input mux withcommon select line(page 343)

X X X X X

MUX22E Dual 1 of 2 input mux withcommon select line andenable (page 343)

X X X X X

MUX24 Dual 1 of 4 input mux withcommon select line(page 344)

X X X X X

MUX24E Dual 1 of 4 input mux withcommon select line andenable (page 344)

X X X X X

MUX42 Quad 1 of 2 input mux withcommon select line(page 345)

X X X X X

MUX42E Quad 1 of 2 input mux withcommon select line andenable (page 345)

X X X X X

MUX44 Quad 1 of 4 input mux withcommon select line(page 346)

X X X X X

MUX44A Quad 1 of 4 input mux withcommon select line(page 349)

X X X X X

MUX44AE Quad 1 of 4 input mux withcommon select line andenable for 3000 deviceonly (page 349)

X X X

MUX44E Quad 1 of 4 input mux withcommon select line andenable (page 346)

X X X X X

MUX82 Octal 1 of 2 input mux withcommon select line(page 350)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 39

Page 40: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

MUX82E Octal 1 of 2 input mux withcommon select line andenable (page 350)

X X X X X

NAND2 throughNAND12 &NAND16

2 through 12 and 16-inputNAND gate (page 330)

X X X X X

NOR2 throughNOR12 &NOR16

2 though 12 and 16-inputNOR gate (page 331)

X X X X X

OB11 1-bit output pin (page 321) X X X X X

OB21 1-bit inverting output pin(page 322)

X X X X X

OB24 Four OB21s (page 322) X X X X

OB28 Eight OB21s (page 322) X X X X

OR2 throughOR12 & OR16

1 through 12 and 16-inputOR gate (page 332)

X X X X X

OT11 1-bit 3-state output pin(page 323)

X X X X X

OT14 Four OT11s with commonOutput Enable (page 323)

X X X X

OT18 Eight OT11s with commonOutput Enable (page 323)

X X X X

OT21 1-bit inverting 3-stateoutput pin (page 324)

X X X X X

OT24 Four OT21s with commonOutput Enable (page 324)

X X X X

OT28 Eight OT21s with commonOutput Enable (page 324)

X X X X

OT31 1-bit 3-state output pinwith active low enable(page 325)

X X X X X

OT34 Four OT31s with commonOutput Enable (page 325)

X X X X

OT38 Eight OT31s with commonOutput Enable (page 325)

X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 40

Page 41: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

OT41 1-bit inverting 3-stateoutput pin with active lowenable (page 326)

X X X X X

OT44 Four OT41s with commonOutput Enable (page 326)

X X X X

OT48 Eight OT41s with commonOutput Enable (page 326)

X X X X

PG1 1-bit propagate-generate(page 85)

X X X X X

PG2 2-bit propagate-generate(page 85)

X X X X X

PG3 3-bit propagate-generate(page 85)

X X X X X

PG4 4-bit propagate-generate(page 85)

X X X X X

PREN8 7 line-3 line priorityencoder (page 121)

X X X X X

PREN8E 7 line-3 line priorityencoder with enable(page 121)

X X X X X

PREN10 9 line-4 line priorityencoder (page 122)

X X X X X

PREN10E 9 line-4 line priorityencoder with enable(page 122)

X X X X X

PREN16 15 line-4 line priorityencoder (page 123)

X X X X X

PREN16E 15 line-4 line priorityencoder with enable(page 123)

X X X X X

SRR11 1-bit right shift register withasynchronous reset(page 384)

X X X X X

SRR14 4-bit right shift register withasynchronous reset(page 384)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 41

Page 42: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

SRR18 8-bit right shift register withasynchronous reset(page 384)

X X X X X

SRR21 1-bit right shift register withasynchronous reset andenable (page 388)

X X X X X

SRR24 4-bit right shift register withasynchronous reset andenable (page 388)

X X X X X

SRR28 8-bit right shift register withasynchronous reset andenable (page 388)

X X X X X

SRR31 1-bit right shift register withasynchronous reset,enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset(page 392)

X X X X X

SRR34 4-bit right shift register withasynchronous reset,enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset(page 392)

X X X X X

SRR38 8-bit right shift register withasynchronous reset,enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset(page 392)

X X X X X

SRR41 1-bit right shift register withsynchronous reset,enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset,(page 396)

X X X X X

SRR44 4-bit right shift register withsynchronous reset,enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset(page 396)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 42

Page 43: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

SRR48 8-bit right shift register withsynchronous reset,enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset(page 396)

X X X X X

SRRL1 1-bit right/left shift registerwith asynchronous reset,enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset(page 400)

X X X X X

SRRL4 4-bit right/left shift registerwith asynchronous reset,enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset(page 400)

X X X X X

SRRL8 8-bit right/left shift registerwith asynchronous reset,enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset(page 400)

X X X X X

SUBF1 1-bit full subtractor(page 91)

X X X X X

SUBF2 2-bit full subtractor(page 91)

X X X X X

SUBF4 4-bit full subtractor(page 91)

X X X X X

SUBF8 8-bit full subtractor(page 91)

X X X X X

SUBF8A 8-bit full subtractor withpropagate-generate(page 91)

X X X X X

SUBF16A 16-bit full subtractor withpropagate-generate(page 91)

X X X X X

SUBH1 1-bit half subtractor(page 102)

X X X X X

SUBH2 2-bit half subtractor(page 102)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 43

Page 44: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

* CAO is a 2-level output (1 logic level and 1 CO delay).

SUBH3 3-bit half subtractor(page 102)

X X X X X

SUBH4 4-bit half subtractor(page 102)

X X X X X

SUBH8 8-bit half subtractor(page 102)

X X X X X

SUBH8A 8-bit half subtractor builtwith propagate-generatesubmacro (page 102)

X X X X X

SUBH16A 16-bit half subtractor builtwith propagate-generatesubmacro (page 102)

X X X X X

XNOR2 Input XNOR gate(page 333)

X X X X X

XNOR3 Input XNOR gate(page 333)

X X X X X

XNOR4 Input XNOR gate(page 333)

X X X X X

XNOR7 Input XNOR gate(page 333)

X X X X X

XNOR8 Input XNOR gate(page 333)

X X X X X

XNOR9 Input XNOR gate(page 333)

X X X X X

XOR2 Input XOR gate(page 334)

X X X X X

XOR3 Input XOR gate(page 334)

X X X X X

XOR4 Input XOR gate(page 334)

X X X X X

XOR8 Input XOR gate(page 334)

X X X X X

XOR9 Input XOR gate(page 334)

X X X X X

Macro Description 1K 2K 3K pDSispDS/ispDS+

Macro Library Reference Manual 44

Page 45: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Quick Reference Macro Table

** ADDF8: CO is a 3-level output.*** SUBF8: BO is a 3-level output.

Macro Library Reference Manual 45

Page 46: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Programmable Macro Reference

Programmable Macro ReferenceThe following table provides a quick reference to the programmable macros thatsupport the 6000 device family.

ApplicableDevice

Module MacroName Description

COUNTERS

6192FF6192SM6192DM

C4R4AL Four Counters Up/Dn, 8/16 Bits, Adjacent Load & 4 AdjacentLoad Register File: Odd numbered banks [1, 3, 5, 7] areconfigured as 16-bit counters. Counter sizes can beindependently changed to 8 or 16 bits for each bank. Defaultis 16 bits. Once up or down or counter size options are setand programmed, they cannot be reprogrammed in thedevice. Default is up.

6192FF6192SM6192DM

C4R4PL Four Counters Up/Dn, 8/16 Bits, Parallel Load & 4 BankRegister File: Odd numbered banks [1, 3, 5, 7] are configuredas 16-bit counters. Counter sizes can be independentlychanged to 8 or 16 bits for each bank. Default is 16 bits.Once up or down or counter size options are set andprogrammed, they cannot be reprogrammed in the device.Default is up.

TIMERS

6192FF6192SM6192DM

T4R4AL Four Timers Up/Dn, 8/16 Bits, Adjacent Load & 4 AdjacentLoad Register File: Odd numbered banks [1, 3, 5, 7] areconfigured as 16-bit timers. Timer sizes can beindependently changed to 8 or 16 bits for each bank. Defaultis 16 bits. Once up or down or timer size options are set andprogrammed, they cannot be reprogrammed in the device.Default is up.

6192FF6192SM6192DM

T4R4PL Four Timers Up/Dn, 8/16 Bits, Parallel Load & 4 BankRegister File: Odd numbered banks [1, 3, 5, 7] are configuredas 16-bit timers. Timer sizes can be independently changedto 8 or 16 bits for each bank. Default is 16 bits. Once up ordown or timer size options are set and programmed, theycannot be reprogrammed in the device. Default is up.

6192FF6192SM6192DM

T4R4CPV Four Timers Up/Dn, 8/16 Bits, Custom Preset Value & 4 BankRegister File: Odd numbered banks [1, 3, 5, 7] are configuredas 16-bit timers. Default is zero. Timer sizes can beindependently changed to 8 or 16 bits for each bank. Defaultis 16 bits. Once up or down or timer size options are set andprogrammed, they cannot be reprogrammed in the device.Default is up.

Macro Library Reference Manual 46

Page 47: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Programmable Macro Reference

SHIFT REGISTERS

6192FF6192SM6192DM

PSSR8X16 8x16 Parallel to Serial Shift Register: 8-bank, 16-bit,parallel data-in, serial data-out shift register.

6192FF6192SM6192DM

SSSR128 8x16 Serial to Serial Shift Register: 8-bank, 16-bit, paralleldata-in, serial data-out shift register.

6192FF6192SM6192DM

SPSR8X16 8x16 Serial to Parallel Shift Register: 8-bank,16-bit,parallel data-in, serial data-out shift register.

6192FF6192SM6192DM

RF8X16 8x16 Register File: 8-bank, 16-bit, parallel data-in, serialdata-out shift register.

FIFOS

6192FF FIFO1 256x18: Size = 1•256•18; Port = A -> B

6192FF FIFO2 256x18: Size = 1•256•18; Port = B -> A

6192FF FIFO3 512x9: Size = 1•512•9; Port = A -> B

6192FF FIFO4 512x9: Size = 1•512•9; Port = B -> A

RAMS

6192SMRAM1

256x18 single port using port A: Size = 1•256•18; Port = A;Word Size = 18

6192SMRAM2

256x18 single port using port B: Size = 1•256•18; Port = B;Word Size = 18

6192SMRAM3

256x18 single port using port A with 9-bit write:Size = 1•256•18; Port = A; Word Size = 9

6192SMRAM4

256x18 single port using port B with 9-bit Write:Size = 1•256•18; Port = B; Word Size = 9

6192SMRAM5

512x9 single port using port A: Size = 1•512•9; Port = A;Word Size = 9

6192SMRAM6

512x9 single port using port B: Size = 1•512•9; Port = B;Word Size =9

ApplicableDevice

Module MacroName Description

Macro Library Reference Manual 47

Page 48: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Programmable Macro Reference

6192SMRAM7

Two 128x18 single port: Size = 2•128•18; Port = A and B;Word Size = 18

6192SMRAM8

Two 128x18 single port with 9-bit write: Size = 2•128•18;Port = A and B; Word Size = 9

6192SMRAM9

Two 256x9 single port: Size = 2•256•9; Port = A and B;Word Size = 9

6192DMRAM10

256x18 dual port: Size = 1•256•18; Port = A and B; WordSize = 18

6192DMRAM11

256x18 dual port with 9-bit write: Size = 1•256•18; Port = Aand B; Word Size = 9

6192DMRAM12

512x9 dual port: Size = 1•512•9; Port = A and B;Word Size = 9

ApplicableDevice

Module MacroName Description

Macro Library Reference Manual 48

Page 49: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Arithmetic Functions

This chapter contains information on the following macros:

■ Adders

■ Comparators

■ Multipliers

■ Propagate-Generate

■ Subtractors

Macro Library Reference Manual 49

Page 50: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Adders

ADDF1, ADDF2, F3ADD, ADDF4,ADDF8, ADDF8A & ADDF16A

Function:

ADDF1: 1-bit full adder.ADDF2: 2-bit full adder.F3ADD: 3-bit full adder, with propagate-generate.ADDF4: 4-bit full adder.ADDF8: 8-bit full adder.ADDF8A: 8-bit full adder built with propagate-generate

submacros.ADDF16A: 16-bit full adder built with propagate-generate

submacros.

Availability: ADDF1, ADDF2, F3ADD, ADDF4, ADDF8, ADDF8A,and ADDF16A are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Additional symbols appear on the following page.

Type:

Soft: ADDF1, ADDF2, F3ADD, ADDF8A, ADDF16AHard: ADDF4, ADDF8

ADDF1

ADDF2

ADDF4

Z0

CO

A0

B0

CI

CO

Z1

Z0A1

CI

B1

B0

A0

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

CO

CI

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

A1

A0

F3ADD

CI

A0

A1

A2

B0

B1

B2

Z0

Z1

Z2

G012

P012

Z5

Z4

Z6

Z7

CO

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

ADDF8

A4

A5

A6

A7

B0

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

A0

A1

A2

A3

CI

Macro Library Reference Manual 50

Page 51: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Z0: 4 PT CO: 3 PT** Z0: 4 PT Z1: 7 PT CO: 7 PT*** Z0: 3 PT Z1: 7 PT Z2: 15 PT

G012: 7 PT P012: 3 PT**** Z0: 4 PT Z1: 7 PT Z2: 4 PT

Z3: 7 PT CO: 7 PT TCO: 7 PT***** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 3 PT Z2: 4 PT

Z3: 5 PT Z4: 6 PT Z5: 7 PTZ6: 7 PT Z7: 7 PT CO: 6 PTCA: 3 PT CB: 3 PT CC: 7 PTG0-G6: 1 PT P0-P7: 2 PT

****** Z0: 3 PT Z1: 7 PT Z2: 15 PTZ3: 3 PT Z4: 7 PT Z5: 15 PTZ6: 4 PT Z7: 7 PT CO: 7 PT

******* Z0: 3 PT Z1: 7 PT Z2: 15 PTZ3: 3 PT Z4: 7 PT Z5: 15 PTZ6: 3 PT Z7: 7 PT Z8: 15 PTZ9: 3 PT Z10: 7 PT Z11: 15 PTZ12: 3 PT Z13: 7 PT Z14: 15 PTZ15: 4 PT CO: 3 PT

+ (CO is a 3-level output).

Macro PT GLB Output Level

ADDF1 * .5 2 1ADDF2 ** 1 3 1F3ADD *** 2 5 1ADDF4 **** 2 6 2ADDF8 ***** 7 27 2+

ADDF8A ****** 5.5 15 1ADDF16A ******* 11.75 32 1

ADDF16A

CI

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A12

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

Z6

A15

A13

A14

Z7

CO

B0

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B11

B7

B8

B9

B10

B14

B12

B13

B15

Z8

Z9

Z10

Z11

Z12

Z13

Z14

Z15

ADDF8A

C1A0A1A2A3A4A5

B4

A6A7B0B1B2B3

Z0Z1Z2Z3Z4Z5Z6

B7

B5B6

Z7

C1

CI

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4A5

B4

A6

A7

B0

B1

B2

B3

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

Z6

B7

B5

B6

Z7

CO

Macro Library Reference Manual 51

Page 52: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Macro Port Definition:

ADDF1 (Z0,CAO,A0,B0,CI);ADDF2 (Z0,Z1,CO,A0,A1,B0,B1,CI);F3ADD ([Z0..Z2],G012,P012,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2,CI);

F3ADD_1 (Z0,Z1,G012,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2,CI);F3ADD_2 (Z2,P012,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2,CI);

ADDF4 ([Z0..Z3],CO,[A0..A3],[B0..B3],CI);ADDF4_1 (Z0,Z1,TCO,A0,A1,B0,B1,CI);ADDF4_2 (Z2,Z3,CO,A2,A3,B2,B3,TCO);

ADDF8 ([Z0..Z7],CO,[A0..A7],[B0..B7],CI);ADDF8_1 (CO,[P0..P7],[G0..G3],CC,CI);ADDF8_2 (Z7,[P0..P7],[G0..G3],A3,B3,CI,CA);ADDF8_3 (Z6,[P0..P6],G0,G1,A0,A2,B0,B2,CI,CB);ADDF8_4 (Z5,[P0..P6],G0,G1,G3,A2,A4,A6,B2,B4,B6,CI);ADDF8_5 (Z2,Z4,[P0..P4],[G0..G2],G4,A1,A3,A4,B1,B3,B4,CI);ADDF8_6 (Z3,[P0..P3],G1,G2,G5,G6,A0,A1,A5,A6,B0,B1,B5,B6,CI);ADDF8_7 (Z0,P7,G2,CC,P0,P5,P6,G4,G5,G6,A2,A7,B2,B7,CI);ADDF8_8 (Z1,CA,CB,P5,P0,P1,P4,P6,[G3..G6],A0,A5,B0,B5,CI);

ADDF8A ([Z0..Z7],CO,[A0..A7],[B0..B7],CI);ADDF8A_1 (Z0,Z1,G012,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2,CI);ADDF8A_2 (Z2,P012,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2,CI);ADDF8A_3 (C2,CCI,CI,P012,P345,G012,G345);ADDF8A_4 (Z3,Z4,G345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,C2);ADDF8A_5 (Z5,P345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,C2);ADDF8A_6 (CO,Z6,Z7,A6,A7,B6,B7,CCI);

ADDF16A ([Z0..Z15],CO,[A0..A15],[B0..B15],CI);ADDF16A_1 (Z0,Z1,G012,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2,CI);ADDF16A_2 (Z2,P012,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2,CI);ADDF16A_3 (Z3,Z4,G345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,C2);ADDF16A_4 (Z5,P345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,C2);ADDF16A_5 (Z6,Z7,G678,A6,A7,A8,B6,B7,B8,C5);ADDF16A_6 (Z8,P678,A6,A7,A8,B6,B7,B8,C5);ADDF16A_7 (Z9,Z10,G911,A9,A10,A11,B9,B10,B11,C8);ADDF16A_8 (Z11,P911,A9,A10,A11,B9,B10,B11,C8);ADDF16A_9 (Z12,Z13,G1214,A12,A13,A14,B12,B13,B14,C11);ADDF16A_10 (Z14,P1214,A12,A13,A14,B12,B13,B14,C11);ADDF16A_11 (Z15,CO,C2,CI,P012,G012,A15,B15,C14);ADDF16A_12 (C5,C8,C11,C14,C2,P345,G345,P678,G678,

P911,G911,P1214,G1214);

Macro Library Reference Manual 52

Page 53: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table below applies to ADDF1, ADDF2, ADDF4, ADDF8,ADDF8A, and ADDF16A. The value of CO depends on the sum ofA+B and n.

* If A+B<2n, CO = 0. If A+B>2n, CO = 1.** If A+B+1<2n, CO = 0. If A+B+1>2n, CO = 1.

The truth table for F3ADD is shown below.

* If A+B<2n, G012 = 0. If A+B>2n, G012 = 1.** If A+B+1<2n, G012 = 0. If A+B+1>2n, G012 = 1.*** P012 = (A0+B0) (A1+B1) (A2+B2).

Input Output

An-1~A0 Bn-1~B0 CI Zn-1~Z0 CO

data data 0 A+B *data data 1 A+B+1 **

Input Output

A2~A0 B2~B0 CI Z2~Z0 G012 P012

data data 0 A+B * ***data data 1 A+B+1 ** ***

Macro Library Reference Manual 53

Page 54: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CI

B0

A0

Z0

CO

ADDF1

Macro Library Reference Manual 54

Page 55: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CI

CI

Z0

Z1

CO

B0

B1

A1

A0

LX2

B0

B1

B1

B0

B0

B1B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B1

B[0:1]

B0

B1

B1

B0

B1

B0

A0

A0

A0

B0

B1

B[0:1]

B1

B0

B0

B1

B1

B0

A0

A1

A0

A1A1

A1

A0

A0

A1

A0

A1

A0

A[0:1]

A0

A0

A0

CI

ADDF2

Macro Library Reference Manual 55

Page 56: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CI

P012

CI

B1

B0

B2

B0

B2

B[0:2]

B1B1

B2

B2

B2

B1

B0

B1

B0

B0

B1

B0

B1

B1

B0

B0

B0

B2

B1

B1

A1

A0

B0

A2

B2

Z0LX2

LX2 Z1

G012

B0

B1

B2

B[0:2]

B1

B0

B1

B0

B0

B1

B0

B1

B2

A1

A2

A0

A[0:2]

A1

A0

A2

A0

A1

A2

A2

A2

A0

A1

A0

A1

A2

A0

A1

A0

A0

A0

A1

A0

A1

A2

A1

A0

A0

A0

A2

A[0:2]

F3ADD.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 56

Page 57: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

A[0:1]

A0

A0

A1

A0

A1

A0

A1

A1

CI

CI

B[0:2]

B0

B0

B0

B1

B1

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B0

B1

B1

A[0:2]

A1

A0

A1

A0

A1

A0

A1

A0

A2

B[0:2]

B2

B2

B2

B2

B2

B0

B1

B1

B0

B0

B1

B1

B0

B2

B2

LX2 Z2

F3ADD.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 57

Page 58: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CI

B3

B2

A3

A2

CO

Z3

Z2

Z0

Z1

A0

A1

B0

B1

PRESERVE

A0

B0

B1

CI

A1

ADDF2

Z0

Z1

CO

A0

B0

B1

CI

A1

ADDF2

Z0

Z1

CO

ADDF4

Macro Library Reference Manual 58

Page 59: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

G7

PRESERVE

G6

PRESERVE

G5

PRESERVE

G4

PRESERVE

G3

PRESERVE

G2

PRESERVE

G1

PRESERVE

G0

PRESERVE

P7

PRESERVE

P6

PRESERVE

P4

PRESERVE

PRESERVE

P3

PRESERVE

P2

P1

PRESERVE

P0

PRESERVEB0

A0

A3

B3

A2

B2

A1

B1

B4

A4

B5

A5

B6

A6

B7

A7

P5

PRESERVE

ADDF8.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 59

Page 60: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z5

P1

P2

G1

G0

P0

CI

Z2

G4

CO

P7

G7

G6

P6

G5

P5

G4

G3

P4

G2

P3

P2

G1

P1

G0

P0

CI

CI

P0

G0

P1

G1

P2

G2

P3

G3

P4

P5

LX2

LX2

ADDF8.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 60

Page 61: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

P0

Z0

P1

Z1

P7

G6

P6

G5

P5

G4

P4

G3

P3

G2

P2

G1

G0

Z7

CI

LX2

LX2

ADDF8.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 61

Page 62: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z4

P3

G2

Z3

G3

P4

Z6

P6

G5

P1

G0

P0

P5

G4

G3

P4

G2

P3

P2

G1

CI

P0

G0

P1

G1

P2

G2

P3

P2

G1

P1

G0

P0

CI

CI

LX2

LX2

LX2

ADDF8.4

Macro Library Reference Manual 62

Page 63: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CI

A1

A2

B0

B1

B2

Z1

Z2

Z0A0

Z3

Z4

Z5

B5

B4

B3

A5

A4

A3

G345

P345

P012

G012

A6

A7

B6

B7

Z6

Z7

CO

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

PGO1

PG1

PGI1

PI1

GI1

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

PGO2

GI1

PI1

PGI1

PG2

GI2

PI2

A0

B0

B1

CI

A1

ADDF2

Z0

Z1

CO

ADDF8A

Macro Library Reference Manual 63

Page 64: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

P012

CI

G678

P678

P911

B15

A15

CO

Z15

P345

G345

G911

Z11

Z10

Z9A9

A10

A11

B9

B10

B11

A12

B13

B14

Z12

Z7

Z6A6

A7

B8

B7

B6

A8 Z8

Z5

A4

A3

A5

B3

B4

B5

Z3

Z4

A1

A2

B0

B1

B2

Z1

Z2

Z0A0

Z13

B12

A14

A13

Z14

G1214

P1214

G012

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

ADDF1

Z0

CO

A0

B0

CI

PGO1

PG1

PGI1

PI1

GI1

PGO1

PG1

PGI1

PI1

GI1

PGO2

GI1

PI1

PGI1

PG2

GI2

PI2

PGO3

PI3

GI3

PI2

GI2

PI1

PGI1

GI1

PG3

PGO4

PI4

GI4

GI3

PG4

GI1

PGI1

PI1

PI2

PI3

GI2

ADDF16 A

Macro Library Reference Manual 64

Page 65: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

ADDH1, ADDH2, ADDH3, ADDH4,ADDH8, ADDH8A, & ADDH16A

Function:

ADDH1: 1-bit half adder.ADDH2: 2-bit half adder.ADDH3: 3-bit half adder.ADDH4: 4-bit half adder.ADDH8: 8-bit half adder.ADDH8A: 8-bit half adder built with propagate-generate

submacros.ADDH16A: 16-bit half adder built with propagate-generate

submacros.

Availability: ADDH1, ADDH2, ADDH3, ADDH4, ADDH8,ADDH8A, and ADDH16A are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Additional symbols appear on the following page.

Type:

Soft: ADDH1, ADDH2, ADDH3, ADDH8A, ADDH16AHard: ADDH4, ADDH8

ADDH1

ADDH2

B0

A0 Z0

CO

CO

Z1

Z0A1

B1

B0

A0

ADDH4

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

CO

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

A1

A0

ADDH3

A0

A1

A2

B0

B1

B2

CO

Z1

Z2

Z0

Z5

Z4

Z6

Z7

CO

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

ADDH8

A4

A5

A6

A7

B0

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

A0

A1

A2

A3

Macro Library Reference Manual 65

Page 66: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Z0: 2 PT CO: 1 PT** Z1: 6 PT Z0: 2 PT CO: 3 PT*** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 4 PT

Z2: 9 PT CO: 7 PT**** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 6 PT

Z2: 4 PT Z3: 7 PTCO: 7 PT TCO: 3 PT

***** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 2 PTZ2: 3 PT Z3: 4 PTZ4: 5 PT Z5: 9 PTZ6: 11 PT Z7: 8 PTCO: 7 PT CC: 3 PTG1-G5: 1 PT P1-P7: 2 PT

****** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 4 PT Z2: 9 PTZ3: 3 PT Z4: 7 PT Z5: 15 PTZ6: 4 PT Z7: 7 PT CO: 7

******* Z0: 2 PT Z1: 4 PT Z2: 9 PTZ3: 3 PT Z4: 7 PT Z5: 15 PTZ6: 3 PT Z7: 7 PT Z8: 15 PTZ9: 3 PT Z10: 7 PT Z11: 15 PTZ12: 3 PT Z13: 7 PT Z14: 15 PTZ15: 4 PT CO: 3 PT

Macro PT GLB Output Level

ADDH1 * .5 2 1ADDH2 ** .75 3 1ADDH3 *** 1.25 4 1ADDH4 **** 1.75 6 2ADDH8 ***** 5.5 22 2

ADDH8A ****** 4.5 13 1ADDH16A ******* 10.75 30 1

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A12

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

Z6

A15

A13

A14

Z7

CO

B0

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B11

B7

B8

B9

B10

B14

B12

B13

B15

Z8

Z9

Z10

Z11

Z12

Z13

Z14

Z15

ADDH16AADDH8A

Z5

Z4

Z6

Z7

CO

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

A4

A5

A6

A7

B0

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

A0

A1

A2

A3

Macro Library Reference Manual 66

Page 67: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Macro Port Definition:

ADDH1 (Z0,CO,A0,B0);ADDH2 (Z0,Z1,CO,A0,A1,B0,B1);ADDH3 ([Z0..Z2],CO,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2);

ADDH3_1 (Z0,A0,B0);ADDH3_2 (Z1,Z2,CO,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2);

ADDH4 ([Z0..Z3],CO,[A0..A3],[B0..B3]);ADDH4_1 (Z0,Z1,TCO,A0,A1,B0,B1);ADDH4_2 (Z2,Z3,CO,A2,A3,B2,B3,TCO);

ADDH8 ([Z0..Z7],CO,[A0..A7],[B0..B7]);ADDH8_1 (CO,Z1,Z3,[P1..P7],[G1..G5],A0,B0,CC);ADDH8_2 (Z0,Z2,Z4,Z7,[P1..P7],[G1..G5],A0,A6,B0,B6);ADDH8_3 (Z6,G5,G4,P4,[P1..P3],P5,P6,[G1..G3],A0,A4,A5,B0,B4,B5);ADDH8_4 (Z5,G3,P3,G1,P1,P2,P4,P5,G2,G4,A0,A1,A3,B0,B1,B3);ADDH8_5 (G2,P2,P1,A1,A2,B1,B2);ADDH8_6 (P7,P6,P5,CC,[A5..A7],[B5..B7]);

ADDH8A ([Z0..Z7],CO,[A0..A7],[B0..B7]);ADDH8A_1 (Z0,A0,B0,C2,CCI,P345,G345);ADDH8A_2 (Z1,Z2,C2,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2);ADDH8A_3 (Z3,Z4,G345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,C2);ADDH8A_4 (Z5,P345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,C2);ADDH8A_5 (Z6,Z7,CO,A6,A7,B6,B7,CCI);

ADDH16A ([Z0..Z15],CO,[A0..A15],[B0..B15]);ADDH16A_1 (Z0,Z15,CO,A0,A15,B0,B15,C14);ADDH16A_2 (Z1,Z2,C2,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2);ADDH16A_3 (Z3,Z4,G345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,C2);ADDH16A_4 (Z5,P345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,C2);ADDH16A_5 (Z6,Z7,G678,A6,A7,A8,B6,B7,B8,C5);ADDH16A_6 (Z8,P678,A6,A7,A8,B6,B7,B8,C5);ADDH16A_7 (Z9,Z10,G911,A9,A10,A11,B9,B10,B11,C8);ADDH16A_8 (Z11,P911,A9,A10,A11,B9,B10,B11,C8);ADDH16A_9 (Z12,Z13,G1214,A12,A13,A14,B12,B13,B14,C11);ADDH16A_10 (Z14,P1214,A12,A13,A14,B12,B13,B14,C11);ADDH16A_11 (C5,C8,C11,C14,C2,P345,G345,P678,G678,P911,G911,

P1214,G1214);

Truth Table:

The value of CO depends on the sum of A+B and n.

* If A+B<2n, CO = 0. If A+B>2n, CO = 1.

Input Output

An-1~A0 Bn-1~B0 Zn-1~Z0 CO

data data A+B *

Macro Library Reference Manual 67

Page 68: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z0

CO

B0

A0

ADDH1

Macro Library Reference Manual 68

Page 69: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

A0

A1

A0

A0

A0

A[0:1]

A1

A1

A1

A0

A1

A1

A0

A1

A0

A0

A1

A[0:1]

A1

A0

A1

A0

A0

A1

B0

B1

B[0:1]

B1

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0B0

B1

Z1

Z0

COA0

A1

B[0:1]

B0

B1

B0

B0

B1

B1

B1

B0

ADDH2

Macro Library Reference Manual 69

Page 70: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

A2

A1

A0

B2

B1

B0

B0

B[0:2]

B1

B0

B1

B2

A[0:1]

A1

A0

A0

Z1LX2

Z0LX2

CO

B1

B1

B2

B1

B0

B2

B2

B0

B2

B1

B0

B1

B0

B0

B1

B0

B0

B1

B2

B[0:2]

B0

B2

B1

A1

A0

A0

A1

A0

A1

A0

A1

A0

A2

A2

A2

A2

A1

A0

A[0:2]

A0

A1

A0

A2

A1

ADDH3.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 70

Page 71: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LX2 Z2

B2

B1

B2

B0

B[0:2]

B1

B0

B2

B1

B1

B2

B0

B0

B2

B2

B[0:2]

B2

B2

B1

A1

A1

A0

A[0:1]

A1

A0

A2

A0

A1

A0

A1

A[0:2]

ADDH3.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 71

Page 72: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PRESERVE

A0

B0

B1

CI

A1

ADDF2

Z0

Z1

COB3

B2

A3

A2

CO

Z3

Z2

Z0

Z1

A0

A1

B0

B1

A0

B0

B1

A1 Z0

Z1

CO

ADDH2

ADDH4

Macro Library Reference Manual 72

Page 73: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

P1

PRESERVE

P2

PRESERVE

P3

PRESERVE

P4

PRESERVE

P5

PRESERVE

P6

PRESERVE

P7

PRESERVE

G1

PRESERVE

G2

PRESERVE

G3

PRESERVE

G7

PRESERVE

G6

PRESERVE

G5

PRESERVE

G4

PRESERVE

LX2

Z0B0

A0

A3

B3

A2

B2

A1

B1

B4

A4

B5

A5

B6

A6

B7

A7

Z1

ADDH8.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 73

Page 74: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CO

P1

P7

P2

G1

P1

A0

B0

Z2

P1

B0

A0

P5

G4

P4

G3

P3

G2

P2

G1

G7

G6

P6

G5

P5

G4

P4

G3

P3

G2

P2

G1

B0

A0

Z5

Z3

B0

P1

P3

G2

P2

G1

A0

LX2

LX2

LX2

ADDH8.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 74

Page 75: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

P1

G1

P2

G2

P3

G3

P4

G4

P5

G5

P6

B0

A0

Z6

A0

Z7

P7

P1

G1

P2

G2

P3

G3

P4

G4

P5

G5

P6

G6

B0

Z4

B0

P1

G1

P2

G2

P3

G3

P4

A0

LX2

LX2

LX2

ADDH8.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 75

Page 76: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CO

Z7

Z6

B7

B6

A7

A6

P345

G345

A0

Z0

Z2

Z1

B2

B1

B0

A2

A1

Z5

A4

A3

A5

B3

B4

B5

Z3

Z4

G012

ADDH3

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CO

Z2

Z0

Z1

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

PGO1

PG1

PGI1

PI1

GI1

A0

B0

B1

CI

A1

ADDF2

Z0

Z1

CO

ADDH8A

Macro Library Reference Manual 76

Page 77: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

G678

P678

P911

B15

A15

CO

Z15

P345

G345

G911

Z11

Z10

Z9A9

A10

A11

B9

B10

B11

A12

B13

B14

Z12

Z7

Z6A6

A7

B8

B7

B6

A8 Z8

Z5

A4

A3

A5

B3

B4

B5

Z3

Z4

A1

A2

B0

B1

B2

Z1

Z2

Z0

A0

Z13

B12

A14

A13

Z14

G1214

P1214

G012

ADDH3

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CO

Z2

Z0

Z1

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

ADDF1

Z0

CO

A0

B0

CI

PGO1

PG1

PGI1

PI1

GI1

PGO2

GI1

PI1

PGI1

PG2

GI2

PI2

PGO3

PI3

GI3

PI2

GI2

PI1

PGI1

GI1

PG3

PGO4

PI4

GI4

GI3

PG4

GI1

PGI1

PI1

PI2

PI3

GI2

ADDH16A

Macro Library Reference Manual 77

Page 78: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Comparators

CMP2, CMP4, and CMP8

Function:

CMP2: 2-bit equality comparator.CMP4: 4-bit equality comparator.CMP8: 8-bit equality comparator.

Availability: CMP2, CMP4, and CMP8 are forpDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Equation Entry for pDS:

CMP2 (EQ,A0,A1,B0,B1);CMP4 (EQ,[A0..A3],[B0..B3]);CMP8 (EQ,[A0..A7],[B0..B7]);

Truth Table:

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CMP2 4 .25 1 1CMP4 8 .5 1 1CMP8 16 .75 1 1

Input Output

A0~An-1, B0~Bn-1 EQ

A0=B0,... An-1=Bn-1 1All other values 0

CMP2 CMP8

EQ

A1

B0

B1

A0

CMP4

EQ

A0

A1

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

EQA7

B4

B7

B6

B5

B3

B2

B1

B0

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

A0

Macro Library Reference Manual 78

Page 79: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MAG2, MAG4, and MAG8

Function:

MAG2: 2-bit magnitude comparator.MAG4: 4-bit magnitude comparator.MAG8: 8-bit magnitude comparator.

Availability: MAG2, MAG4, and MAG8 are for pDS, ispDS,and ispDS+.

Additional symbol appears on the following page.

Type:

Soft: MAG2Hard: MAG4 and MAG8

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MAG2 (GT,EQ,LT,A0,A1,B0,B1,GTI,EQI,LTI);MAG4 (GT,EQ,LT,[A0..A3],[B0..B3],GTI,EQI,LTI);

MAG4_1 (EQ,[A0..A3],[B0..B3],GTI,EQI,LTI);MAG4_2 (GT,[A0..A3],[B0..B3],GTI,EQI,LTI);MAG4_3 (LT,[A0..A3],[B0..B3],GTI,EQI,LTI);

MAG8 (GT,EQ,LT,[A0..A7],[B0..B7],GTI,EQI,LTI);MAG8_1 (TEQ,[A4..A7],[B4..B7],GTI,EQI,LTI);MAG8_2 (TGT,[A4..A7],[B4..B7],GTI,EQI,LTI);MAG8_3 (TLT,[A4..A7],[B4..B7],GTI,EQI,LTI);MAG8_4 (EQ,[A0..A3],[B0..B3],TGT,TEQ,TLT);MAG8_5 (GT,[A0..A3],[B0..B3],TGT,TEQ,TLT);MAG8_6 (LT,[A0..A3],[B0..B3],TGT,TEQ,TLT);

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MAG2 4/out .75 3 1MAG4 16/out 3 3 1MAG8 16/out 6 6 2

MAG2

MAG4

A1

A0

GT

EQ

LT

LTI

EQI

GTI

B1

B0

A0

A1

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

GTI

EQI

LTI

LT

EQ

GT

MAG8

GT

EQ

LT

LTI

EQI

GTI

B7

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

B0

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

A0

Macro Library Reference Manual 79

Page 80: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all MAGs.

x = don’t care.

Input Output

LTI ETI GTI A B LT EQ GT

0 0 0 x x 0 0 00 0 1 x x 0 0 10 1 0 A<B 1 0 00 1 0 A=B 0 1 00 1 0 A>B 0 0 10 1 1 x x 0 0 01 0 0 x x 1 0 01 0 1 x x 0 0 01 1 0 x x 0 0 01 1 1 x x 0 0 0

Macro Library Reference Manual 80

Page 81: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Multipliers

MULT24 and MULT44

Function:

MULT24: 2-bit by 4-bit multiplier.MULT44: 4-bit by 4-bit multiplier.

Availability: MULT24 and MULT44 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Z0: 1 PT Z1: 4 PT Z2: 5 PTZ3: 7 PT Z4: 4 PT Z5: 2 PT

** Z0: 1 PT Z1: 1PT Z2: 2 PTZ3: 3 PT Z4: 7 PT Z5: 15 PTZ6: 3 PT Z7: 5 PT

+ (Z2, Z6, and Z7 are 2-level outputs)

Macro Port Definition:

MULT24 (Z0,Z1,Z2,Z3,Z4,Z5,A0,A1,B0,B1,B2,B3);MULT24_1 (Z0,Z1,Z2,Z3,A0,A1,B0,B1,B2,B3);MULT24_2 (Z4,Z5,A0,A1,B0,B1,B2,B3);

MULT44 ([Z0..Z7],[A0..A3],[B0..B3]);MULT44_1 (L0,L1,L2,L3,A0,A1,B0,B1,B2,B3);MULT44_2 (H0,H1,H2,H3,A2,A3,B0,B1,B2,B3);MULT44_3 (L4,L5,H4,H5,A0,A1,A2,A3,B0,B1,B2,B3);MULT44_4 (Z0,Z1,Z2,G012,L0,L1,L2,H0);MULT44_5 (Z3,Z4,G345,L3,L4,L5,H1,H2,H3,G012);MULT44_6 (Z5,P345,L3,L4,L5,H1,H2,H3,G012);MULT44_7 (Z6,Z7,G345,P345,G012,H4,H5,C5);

Truth Table:

* = multiply.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MULT24 * 1.5 6 1MULT44 ** 6.5 23 1+

Input Output

An-1~A0 Bn-1~B0 Zn-1~Z0

data data A*B

B3

A1

A0

MULT24 MULT44

B1

B0

B2

Z5

Z1

Z0

Z3

Z2

Z4

B1

A1

A0

A3

A2

B0

Z5

Z1

Z0

Z3

Z2

Z4

Z7

Z6B3

B2

Macro Library Reference Manual 81

Page 82: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z0

B3

B1

B1

B2

B0

B2

B2

B0

B1

B1

B0

B0

B0

B1

B2

B0

B[0:3]

B2

B3

B1

B[0:3]

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B3

B2

B1

B2

A[0:1]

A1

A0

A1

A0

A1

A0

A1

A1

A0

A0

A0

A1

A0

A0

A1

A1

A0

A0

A[0:1]

A1

A0

A0

A1

Z2

Z1

B0

B1

B2

B3

MULT24.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 82

Page 83: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z0

B3

B1

B1

B2

B0

B2

B2

B0

B1

B1

B0

B0

B0

B1

B2

B0

B[0:3]

B2

B3

B1

B[0:3]

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B3

B2

B1

B2

A[0:1]

A1

A0

A1

A0

A1

A0

A1

A1

A0

A0

A0

A1

A0

A0

A1

A1

A0

A0

A[0:1]

A1

A0

A0

A1

Z2

Z1

B0

B1

B2

B3

MULT24.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 83

Page 84: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

G012

H0

G012

L2

L0

L1

C5

Z7

C5

G012

P345

G345

PGO1

PG1

PGI1

PI1

GI1

Z1

P345

F3ADD

Z2

Z1

Z0

G012

P012

A0

A1

B2

B1

B0

A2

CI

G345

Z2

H2

H1

L5

L4

L3

Z6

Z5

Z4

Z3

Z0

A[0:3]

A0

A1

A2

A3

B[0:3]

B0

B1

B2

B3

B0

B1

B2

B3

A1

A0 Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

MULT24

B0

B1

B2

B3

A1

A0 Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

MULT24

B0

B1

B2

B3

LX2

LX2

H3

MULT44

Macro Library Reference Manual 84

Page 85: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Propagate-Generate

PG1, PG2, PG3, & PG4

Function:

PG1: Propagate-Generate Bit 1.PG2: Propagate-Generate Bit 2.PG3: Propagate-Generate Bit 3.PG4: Propagate-Generate Bit 4.

Availability: PG1, PG2, PG3, and PG4 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: PG1, PG2, PG3, PG4

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

PG1 (PGO1,PGI1,PI1,GI1);PG2 (PGO2,PGI1,PI1,GI1,PI2,GI2);PG3 (PGO3,PGI1,PI1,GI1,PI2,GI2,PI3,GI3);PG4 (PGO4,PGI1,PI1,GI1,PI2,GI2,PI3,GI3,PI4,GI4);

Macro PT GLB Output Level

PG1 2 .25 1 1PG2 3 .25 1 1PG3 4 .25 1 1PG4 5 .25 1 1

PG1

PGO1

PI1

PGI1

GI1

PG2

PGO2

PI2

GI1

G12

PI1

PGI1

PG3

PGO3

PI3

GI2

GI3

PI2

GI1

PI1

PGI1

PG4

PGO4

PI4

GI3

GI4

PI3

GI2

PI2

GI1

PI1

PGI1

Macro Library Reference Manual 85

Page 86: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table for PG1:

x = don’t care.

Truth Table for PG2:

x = don’t care.

Truth Table for PG3:

x = don’t care.

Truth Table for PG4:

x = don’t care.

Input Output

PGI1 PI1 GI1 PGO1

x x 1 11 1 x 1

Input Output

PGI1 PI1 PI2 GI1 G12 PGO2

x x x x 1 1x x 1 1 x 11 1 1 x x 1

Input Output

PGI1 PI1 PI2 PI3 GI1 GI2 GI3 PGO3

x x x x x x 1 1x x x 1 x 1 x 1x x 1 1 1 x x 11 1 1 1 x x x 1

Input Output

PGI1 PI1 PI2 PI3 PI4 GI1 GI2 GI3 GI4 PGO4

x x x x x x x x 1 1x x x x 1 x x 1 x 1x x x 1 1 x 1 x x 1x x 1 1 1 1 x x x 11 1 1 1 1 x x x x 1

Macro Library Reference Manual 86

Page 87: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PGO1PI1

PGI1

GI1

PG1

Macro Library Reference Manual 87

Page 88: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PGO2

GI2

PI2

GI1

PI1

PGI1

PG2

Macro Library Reference Manual 88

Page 89: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PGO3

PGI1

PI1

GI1

PI2

GI2

PI3

GI3

PG3

Macro Library Reference Manual 89

Page 90: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PGO4

GI4

PI4

GI3

PI3

GI2

PI2

GI1

PI1

PGI1

PG4

Macro Library Reference Manual 90

Page 91: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Subtractors

SUBF1, SUBF2, F3SUB, SUBF4, SUBF8,SUBF8A, & SUBF16A

Function:

SUBF1: 1-bit full subtractor.SUBF2: 2-bit full subtractor.F3SUB: 3-bit full subtractor with propagate-generate.SUBF4: 4-bit full subtractor.SUBF8: 8-bit full subtractor.SUBF8A: 8-bit full subtractor built with propagate-generate

submacros.SUBF16A: 16-bit full subtractor built with propagate-generate

submacros.

Availability: SUBF1, SUBF2, F3SUB, SUBF4, SUBF8,SUBF8A, and SUBF16A are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Additional symbol appears on the following page.

Type:

Soft: SUBF1, SUBF2, F3SUB, SUBF8A, SUBF16AHard: SUBF4, SUBF8

SUBF1

SUBF2

SUBF4

Z0

BO

A0

B0

BI

BO

Z1

Z0A1

BI

B1

B0

A0

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

BO

BI

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

A1

A0

A-B

A-B

A-B

F3SUB

BI

A0

A1

A2

B0

B1

B2

Z0

Z1

Z2

G012

P012

A-B

Z5

Z4

Z6

Z7

BO

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

SUBF8

A4

A5

A6

A7

B0

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

A0

A1

A2

A3

BIA-B

A-B

SUBF8A

C1A0A1A2A3A4A5

B4

A6A7B0B1B2B3

Z0Z1Z2Z3Z4Z5Z6

B7

B5B6

Z7

C1

BI

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B4

A6

A7

B0

B1

B2

B3

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

Z6

B7

B5

B6

Z7

BO

A-B

Macro Library Reference Manual 91

Page 92: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Z0: 4 PT BO: 3 PT** Z0: 4 PT Z1: 7 PT BO: 7 PT*** Z0: 3 PT Z1: 7 PT Z2: 15 PT

G012: 7 PT P012: 3 PT**** Z0: 4 PT Z1: 7 PT Z2: 4 PT

Z3: 7 PT BO: 7 PT TBO: 7 PT***** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 3 PT Z2: 4 PT

Z3: 5 PT Z4: 6 PT Z5: 7 PTZ6: 6 PT Z7: 7 PT BO: 6 PTBA: 3 PT BB: 7 PT BC: 3 PTG0-G6: 1 PT P0-P7: 2 PT

****** Z0: 3 PT Z1: 7 PT Z2: 15 PTZ3: 3 PT Z4: 7 PT Z5: 15 PTZ6: 4 PT Z7: 7 PT BO: 7 PT

******* Z0: 3 PT Z1: 7 PT Z2: 15 PTZ3: 3 PT Z4: 7 PT Z5: 15 PTZ6: 3 PT Z7: 7 PT Z8: 15 PTZ9: 3 PT Z10: 7 PT Z11: 15 PTZ12: 3 PT Z13: 7 PT Z14: 15 PTZ15: 4 PT BO: 3 PT

+ (BO is a 3-level output).

Macro PT GLB Output Level

SUBF1 * .5 2 1SUBF2 ** 1 3 1F3SUB *** 2 5 1SUBF4 **** 2 6 2SUBF8 ***** 7.25 28 2+

SUBF8A ****** 5.5 15 1SUBF16A ******* 11.75 32 1

BI

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A12

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

Z6

A15

A13

A14

Z7

BO

B0

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B11

B7

B8

B9

B10

B14

B12

B13

B15

Z8

Z9

Z10

Z11

Z12

Z13

Z14

Z15

SUBF16A

A-B

Macro Library Reference Manual 92

Page 93: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Macro Port Definition:

SUBF1 (Z0,BO,A0,B0,BI);SUBF2 (Z0,Z1,BO,A0,A1,B0,B1,BI);F3SUB ([Z0..Z2],G012,P012,[A0..A2],[B0..B2],BI);

F3SUB_1 (Z0,Z1,G012,[A02..A2],[B0..B2],BI);F3SUB_2 (Z2,P012,[A0..A2][B0..B2],BI);

SUBF4 ([Z0..Z3],BO,[A0..A3],[B0..B3],BI);SUBF4_1 (Z0,Z1,TBO,A0,A1,B0,B1,BI);SUBF4_2 (Z2,Z3,BO,A2,A3,B2,B3,TBO);

SUBF8 ([Z0..Z7],BO,[A0..A7],[B0..B7],BI);SUBF8_1 (BO,[P0..P7],[G0..G3],BB,BI);SUBF8_2 (Z7,[P0..P7][G0..G3],A3,B3,BI,BA);SUBF8_3 (Z6,[P0..P6],G0,G1,A0,A2,B0,B2,BI,BC);SUBF8_4 (Z5,[P0..P6],G0,G1,G3,A2,A4,A6,B2,B4,B6,BI);SUBF8_5 (Z2,Z4,[P0..P4],[G0..G2],G4,A1,A3,A4,B1,B3,B4,BI);SUBF8_6 (Z3,[P0..P3],G1,G2,G5,G6,A0,A1,A5,A6,B0,B1,B5,B6,BI);SUBF8_7 (Z0,P7,G2,BB,P0,P5,P6,G4,G5,G6,A2,A7,B2,B7,BI);SUBF8_8 (Z1,BA,BC,P5,P0,P1,P4,P6,[G3..G6],A0,A5,B0,B5,BI);

SUBF8A ([Z0..Z7],BO,[A0..A7],[B0..B7],BI);SUBF8A_1 (Z0,Z1,G012,[A0..A2],[B0..B2],BI);SUBF8A_2 (Z2,P012,[A0..A2],[B0..B2],BI);SUBF8A_3 (BB2,BBI,BI,P012,P345,G012,G345);SUBF8A_4 (Z3,Z4,G345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,BB2);SUBF8A_5 (Z5,P345,[A3..A5],[B3..B5],BB2);SUBF8A_6 (BO,Z6,Z7,A6,A7,B6,B7,BBI);

SUBF16A ([Z0..Z15],BO,[A0..A15],[B0..B15],BI);SUBF16A_1 (Z0,Z1,G012,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2,BI);SUBF16A_2 (Z2,P012,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2,BI);SUBF16A_3 (Z3,Z4,G345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,BB2);SUBF16A_4 (Z5,P345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,BB2);SUBF16A_5 (Z6,Z7,G678,A6,A7,A8,B6,B7,B8,BB5);SUBF16A_6 (Z8,P678,A6,A7,A8,B6,B7,B8,BB5);SUBF16A_7 (Z9,Z10,G911,A9,A10,A11,B9,B10,B11,BB8);SUBF16A_8 (Z11,P911,A9,A10,A11,B9,B10,B11,BB8);SUBF16A_9 (Z12,Z13,G1214,A12,A13,A14,B12,B13,B14,BB11);SUBF16A_10 (Z14,P1214,A12,A13,A14,B12,B13,B14,BB11);SUBF16A_11 (Z15,BO,BB2,BI,P012,G012,A15,B15,BB14);SUBF16A_12 (BB5,BB8,BB11,BB14,BB2,P345,G345,P678,G678,

P911,G911,P1214,G1214);

Macro Library Reference Manual 93

Page 94: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table below applies to SUBF1, SUBF2, SUBF4, SUBF8,SUBF8A, and SUBF16A.The value of BO depends on the differenceof A–B.

* If B<A, BO = 0. If B>A, BO = 1.** If B<A, BO = 0. If B>A, BO = 1.

The truth table for F3SUB is shown below.

* If B<A, G012 = 0. If B>A, G012 = 1.** If B<A, G012 = 0. If B>A, G012 = 1.*** P012 = (A0 + B0) (A1 + B1) (A2 + B2) where A0 = inverted A0.

Input Output

An-1~A0 Bn-1~B0 BI Zn-1~Z0 BO

data data 0 A–B *data data 1 A–B–1 **

Input Output

A2~A0 B2~B0 BI Z2~Z0 G012 P012

data data 0 A-B * ***data data 1 A-B-1 ** ***

Macro Library Reference Manual 94

Page 95: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BI

B0

A0

Z0

BO

SUBF1

Macro Library Reference Manual 95

Page 96: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BI

LX2

BO

Z0

Z1

B0

B1

A0

A1 A1

A0A0

A1

A[0:1]

A1

A0

A0

A0

B0

B1

B[0:1]

B0B0

B1

B0

B1

B1

BI

BI

A0

A1

A1

A0

A0

A1

A0

A0

A0

A1

A0

A1

A[0:1]

B0

B0

B1

B0

B1

B1

B1

B0

B[0:1]

B1

B0

B1

B1

B0

B0

B1

B1

B0

B0

SUBF2

Macro Library Reference Manual 96

Page 97: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

B1

B2

B1

B1

B[0:2]

B1

B2

B0

B2

B0B2

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B0

B1

B2

B1

B2

B1

B0

B0

B0

G012

Z1LX2

LX2 Z0

B2

A2

B0

A0

A1

B1

BI

P012

BI

B0

B1

B2

B[0:2]

B1

B0

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B1

B2

A0

A1

A2

A0

A2

A1

A1

A0

A0

A[0:2]

A2

A1

A0

A0

A2

A1

A1

A1

A0

A1

A2

A0

A0

A[0:2]

A0

A0

A1

A2

A0

A2

A2

A0

F3SUB.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 97

Page 98: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BI

BI

BI

BI

BI

B2

B1

B2

B1

B2

B2

B0

B0

B2

B2

B[0:2]

B1

B0

B2

B1

B0

B2

B2

B0

B0

B1

B2

B1

B[0:2]

B2

B0

B2

B0

B1

B2

B2

B1

BI

BI

BI

BI

A0

A0

A0

A1

A1

A1

A0

A1

A[0:1]

A[0:2]

A0

A2

A0

A1

A0

A1

A1

A0

A1

Z2LX2

F3SUB. 2

Macro Library Reference Manual 98

Page 99: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BI

B3

B2

A3

A2

BO

Z3

Z2

Z0

Z1

A0

A1

B0

B1

PRESERVE

A-B

A0

B0

B1

BI

A1 Z0

Z1

BO

SUBF2

A-B

A0

B0

B1

BI

A1 Z0

Z1

BO

SUBF2

SUBF4

Macro Library Reference Manual 99

Page 100: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

G7

PRESERVE

G6

PRESERVE

G5

PRESERVE

G4

PRESERVE

G3

PRESERVE

G2

PRESERVE

G1

PRESERVE

G0

PRESERVE

P7

PRESERVE

P6

PRESERVE

P5

PRESERVE

P4

PRESERVE

P3

PRESERVE

P2

PRESERVE

P1

PRESERVE

P0

PRESERVE

B0

A0

A3

B3

A2

B2

A1

B1

B4

A4

B5

A5

B6

A6

B7

A7

SUBF8.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 100

Page 101: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BO

P2

G1

P1

G0

P0

BI

G4

P5

Z5LX2

P4

G3

G2

G1

G0

BI

P3

P2

P0

P1

P7

P6

P5

G6

G5

G4

P4

G2

G3

P3

G1

P2

P1

P0

G0

BI

Z2LX2

G7

SUBF8.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 101

Page 102: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SUBH1, SUBH2, SUBH3, SUBH4,SUBH8, SUBH8A, & SUBH16A

Function:

SUBH1: 1-bit half subtractor.SUBH2: 2-bit half subtractor.SUBH3: 3-bit half subtractor.SUBH4: 4-bit half subtractor.SUBH8: 8-bit half subtractor.SUBH8A: 8-bit half subtractor built with propagate-generate

submacros.SUBH16A: 16-bit half subtractor built with propagate-generate

submacros.

Availability: SUBH1, SUBH2, SUBH3, SUBH4, SUBH8,SUBH8A, and SUBH16A are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Additional symbol appears on the following page.

Type:

Soft: SUBH1, SUBH2, SUBH3, SUBH8A, SUBH16AHard: SUBH4, SUBH8

SUBH1

SUBH2

B0

A0 Z0

BO

BO

Z1

Z0A1

B1

B0

A0

SUBH4

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

BO

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

A1

A0

A-B

A-B

A-B

SUBH3

A0

A1

A2

B0

B1

B2

Z0

Z1

Z2

BO

A-B

SUBH8

Z5

Z4

Z6

Z7

BO

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

A4

A5

A6

A7

B0

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

B6

B7

A0

A1

A2

A3

A-B

SUBH8A

C1A0A1A2A3A4A5

B4

A6A7B0B1B2B3

Z0Z1Z2Z3Z4Z5Z6

B7

B5B6

Z7

C1

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B4

A6

A7

B0

B1

B2

B3

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

Z6

B7

B5

B6

Z7

BO

A-B

Macro Library Reference Manual 102

Page 103: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Logic Resources – pDS:

Logic Resources:

* Z0: 2 PT BO: 1 PT** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 6 PT BO: 3 PT*** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 4 PT Z2: 9 PT

BO: 7 PT**** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 6 PT Z2: 4 PT

Z3: 7 PT BO: 7 PT TBO: 3 PT***** Z0: 2 PT Z1: 2 PT Z2: 3 PT

Z3: 4 PT Z4: 5 PT Z5: 9 PTZ6: 11 PT Z7: 8 PT BO: 7 PTBB: 3 PT G1-G5: 1 PT P1-P7: 2 PT

****** Z0: 2 PT Z1:4 PT Z2: 9 PTZ3: 3 PT Z4: 7 PT Z5: 15 PTZ6: 4 PT Z7: 7 PT BO: 7 PT

******* Z0: 2 PT Z1: 4 PT Z2: 9 PTZ3: 3 PT Z4: 7 PT Z5: 15 PTZ6: 3 PT Z7: 7 PT Z8: 15 PTZ9: 3 PT Z10: 7 PT Z11: 15 PTZ12: 3 PT Z13: 7 PT Z14: 15 PTZ15: 4PT BO: 3 PT

Macro PT GLB Output Level

SUBH1 * .5 2 1SUBH2 ** .75 3 1SUBH3 *** 1.25 4 1SUBH4 **** 1.75 6 2SUBH8 ***** 5.75 23 2

SUBH8A ****** 4.5 13 1SUBH16A ******* 10.75 30 1

SUBH16A

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A12

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

Z6

A15

A13

A14

Z7

BO

B0

B1

B2B3

B4

B5

B6

B11

B7

B8

B9

B10

B14

B12

B13

B15

Z8

Z9

Z10

Z11

Z12

Z13

Z14

Z15

A-B

Macro Library Reference Manual 103

Page 104: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Macro Port Definition:

SUBH1 (Z0,BO,A0,B0);SUBH2 (Z0,Z1,BO,A0,A1,B0,B1);SUBH3 ([Z0..Z2],BO,[A0..A2],[B0..B2]);

SUBH3_1 (Z0,A0,B0);SUBH3_2 (Z1,Z2,BO,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2);

SUBH4 ([Z0..Z3],BO,[A0..A3],[B0..B3]);SUBH4_1 (Z0,Z1,TBO,A0,A1,B0,B1);SUBH4_2 (Z2,Z3,BO,A2,A3,B2,B3,TBO);

SUBH8 ([Z0..Z7],BO,[A0..A7],[B0..B7]);SUBH8_1 (BO,Z1,Z3,[P1..P7],[G1..G5],A0,B0,BB);SUBH8_2 (Z0,Z2,Z4,Z7,[P1..P7],[G1..G5],A0,A6,B0,B6);SUBH8_3 (Z6,[P1..P6],[G1..G5],A0,A4,A5,B0,B4,B5);SUBH8_4 (Z5,[P1..P5],[G1..G4],A0,A1,A3,B0,B1,B3);SUBH8_5 (G2,P2,P1,A1,A2,B1,B2);SUBH8_6 (BB,[P5..P7],[A5..A7],[B5..B7]);

SUBH8A ([Z0..Z7],BO,[A0..A7],[B0..B7]);SUBH8A_1 (Z0,A0,B0,BB2,BI,P345,G345);SUBH8A_2 (Z1,Z2,BB2,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2);SUBH8A_3 (Z3,Z4,G345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,BB2);SUBH8A_4 (Z5,P345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,BB2);SUBH8A_5 (Z6,Z7,BO,A6,A7,B6,B7,BI);

SUBH16A ([Z0..Z15],BO,[A0..A15],[B0..B15]);SUBH16A_1 (Z0,Z15,BO,A0,A15,B0,B15,BB14);SUBH16A_2 (Z1,Z2,BB2,A0,A1,A2,B0,B1,B2);SUBH16A_3 (Z3,Z4,G345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,BB2);SUBH16A_4 (Z5,P345,A3,A4,A5,B3,B4,B5,BB2);SUBH16A_5 (Z6,Z7,G678,A6,A7,A8,B6,B7,B8,BB5);SUBH16A_6 (Z8,P678,A6,A7,A8,B6,B7,B8,BB5);SUBH16A_7 (Z9,Z10,G911,A9,A10,A11,B9,B10,B11,BB8);SUBH16A_8 (Z11,P911,A9,A10,A11,B9,B10,B11,BB8);SUBH16A_9 (Z12,Z13,G1214,A12,A13,A14,B12,B13,B14,BB11);SUBH16A_10 (Z14,P1214,A12,A13,A14,B12,B13,B14,BB11);SUBH16A_11 (BB5,BB8,BB11,BB14,BB2,P345,G345,P678,G678,P911,

G911,P1214,G1214);

Truth Table:

The value of BO depends on the difference of A–B.

* If B<A, BO = 0. If B>A, BO = 1.

Input Output

An-1~A0 Bn-1~B0 Zn-1~Z0 BO

data data A–B *

Macro Library Reference Manual 104

Page 105: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z0

BO

B0

A0

SUBH1

Macro Library Reference Manual 105

Page 106: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

A[0:1]

A0

A0

A1

A0

A0

A1

A1

A1

A0

A1

A1

A1

A1

A0

A1

A0

A0

A1

A0

A0

A0

A1

A[0:1]

B0

B[0:1]

B1

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B1

B0

B1

B1

B0B0

B1

B0

B1

Z1

Z0

BO

B[0:1]

B0

B1

B0

B0

B1

B1

B1

B0

A0

A1

SUBH2

Macro Library Reference Manual 106

Page 107: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

A2

A[0:2]

A2

A0

A0

A1

A2

A1

A2

A1

A0

A2

A0

A1

A1

A2

A1

A0

A[0:2]

A0

A1

A0

A1

A2

A0

B1

B[0:2]

B0

B1

B2

B0

B1

B0

B1

B2

B0

B0

B1B1

B0

B2

B2

B2

B2

B1

B0

B[0:2]

B2

B0

B0

B1

B1

B0

B1

A2

A1

A0

B2

B1

B0

Z1LX2

Z0

BO

A0 A0

SUBH3.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 107

Page 108: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z2LX2

A0

A1

A0

A2

A1

A1

A[0:2]

B2

B2

B2

B1

B0

B1

B0

B2

B[0:2]

B2

B1

B0

B2

B1

B2

B1

B2

B[0:2]

B0

A0

A[0:1]

A1

A1

A0

SUBH3.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 108

Page 109: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PRESERVE

A-B

A0

B0

B1

BI

A1 Z0

Z1

BO

SUBF2

A-B

A0

B0

B1

A1 Z0

Z1

BO

SUBH2

B1

B0

A1

A0

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

BO

A2

A3

B2

B3

SUBH4

Macro Library Reference Manual 109

Page 110: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

P1

PRESERVE

P2

PRESERVE

P3

PRESERVE

P4

PRESERVE

P5

PRESERVE

P6

PRESERVE

P7

PRESERVE

G1

PRESERVE

G2

PRESERVE

G3

PRESERVE

G4

PRESERVE

G5

PRESERVE

G6

PRESERVE

G7

PRESERVE

LX2

Z0

A7

B7

A6

B6

A5

B5

A4

B4

B1

A1

B2

A2

B3

A3

A0

B0

Z1

SUBH8.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 110

Page 111: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

P5

G4

G3

G2

BO

P3

G2

G1

B0

P2

P1

A0

Z5

B0

G1

P4

P3

P2

P1

A0

G7

P2

G1

B0

P1

A0

P5

P7

P6

P4

G6

G5

G4

G3

G2

P3

B0

G1

P2

P1

A0

Z2

Z3LX2

LX2

LX2

SUBH8.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 111

Page 112: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

P4

G3

G2

P7

Z7LX2

B0

G1

A0

P1

P2

P3

B0

G1

G2

G3

G4

P6

G5

P5

P4

P3

P2

P1

A0

B0

G1

G2

G3

G4

G5

G6

P6

P5

P4

P3

P2

P1

A0

Z6

Z4LX2

LX2

SUBH8.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 112

Page 113: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z4

Z3

B5

B4

B3

A5

A3

A4

Z5

A1

A2

B0

B1

B2

Z1

Z2

Z0

A0

A6

A7

B6

B7

Z6

Z7

BO

P345

G345

G012

A-B

SUBH3

A0

A1

A2

BO

Z2

Z0

Z1

B0

B1

B2

A-B

F3SUB

BI

B2

B1

B0

A2

A1

A0

P012

G012

Z2

Z1

Z0

PGO1

PG1

PGI1

PI1

GI1

A-B

A0

B0

B1

BI

A1 Z0

Z1

BO

SUBF2

SUBH8A

Macro Library Reference Manual 113

Page 114: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

G012

P678

P911

P1214

G1214

Z14

A13

A14

B12

Z13

A0

Z0

Z2

Z1

B2

B1

B0

A2

A1

Z4

Z3

B5

B4

B3

A5

A3

A4

Z5

Z8A8

B6

B7

B8

A7

A6 Z6

Z7

Z12

B14

B13

A12

B11

B10

B9

A11

A10

A9 Z9

Z10

Z11

G911

G345

P345

Z15

BO

A15

B15

A-B

SUBH3

A0

A1

A2

BO

Z2

Z0

Z1

B0

B1

B2

A-B

F3SUB

BI

B2

B1

B0

A2

A1

A0

P012

G012

Z2

Z1

Z0

A-B

F3SUB

BI

B2

B1

B0

A2

A1

A0

P012

G012

Z2

Z1

Z0

A-B

F3SUB

BI

B2

B1

B0

A2

A1

A0

P012

G012

Z2

Z1

Z0

A-B

F3SUB

BI

B2

B1

B0

A2

A1

A0

P012

G012

Z2

Z1

Z0

A-B

SUBF1

Z0

BO

A0

B0

BI

PGO1

PG1

PGI1

PI1

GI1

PGO2

GI1

PI1

PGI1

PG2

GI2

PI2

PGO3

PI3

GI3

PI2

GI2

PI1

PGI1

GI1

PG3

PGO4

PI4

GI4

GI3

PG4

GI1

PGI1

PI1

PI2

PI3

GI2

SUBH16A

Macro Library Reference Manual 114

Page 115: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Coders

This chapter contains information on the following macros:

■ Decoders

■ Encoders

Macro Library Reference Manual 115

Page 116: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Decoders

BIN27

Function: Binary to seven segment decoder with enable. A highlevel on an output turns on the segment.

Availability: BIN27 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Z0: 6 PTZ1, Z2, Z3, Z5: 5 PTZ4, Z6: 4 PT

Macro Port Definition:

BIN27 ([Z0..Z6],[A0..A3],EN);BIN27_1 ([Z0..Z2],[A0..A3],EN);BIN27_2 ([Z3..Z6],[A0..A3],EN);

Segment Map:

Each BIN27 output corresponds to one of 7 segments.Combinations of these segments form hexadecimal digits.

Macro PT GLB Output LevelBIN27 * 2 7 1

BIN27

EN

A0

A1

A2

A3 Z6

Z5

Z4

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0

Z0Z1

Z2Z6

Z3

Z5

Z4

Macro Library Reference Manual 116

Page 117: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

x = don’t care.

Input OutputCharacter

EN A3 A2 A1 A0 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z6

1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 01 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 21 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 31 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 41 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 51 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 61 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 71 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 81 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 91 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 A1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 B1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 C1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 D1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 E1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 F0 x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Off

Macro Library Reference Manual 117

Page 118: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DEC2 and DEC2E

Function:

DEC2: 1 to 2 decoder.DEC2E: 1 to 2 decoder with enable.

Availability: DEC2 and DEC2E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DEC2 (Z0,Z1,S0);DEC2E (Z0,Z1,EN,S0);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DEC2E.

x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DEC2 1/out .5 2 1DEC2E 1/out .5 2 1

Input Output

EN S0 Z0 Z1

1 0 1 01 1 0 10 x 0 0

Z0

Z1

EN

S0

DEC2

DEC2E

Z1

Z0

S0

Macro Library Reference Manual 118

Page 119: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DEC3 and DEC3E

Function:

DEC3: 1 to 3 decoder.DEC3E: 1 to 3 decoder with enable.

Availability: DEC3 and DEC3E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DEC3 (Z0,Z1,Z2,S0,S1);DEC3E (Z0,Z1,Z2,EN,S0,S1);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DEC3E.

x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DEC3 1/out .75 3 1DEC3E 1/out .75 3 1

Input Output

EN S1 S0 Z0 Z1 Z2

1 0 0 1 0 01 0 1 0 1 01 1 0 0 0 11 1 1 0 0 01 x x 0 0 0

DEC3

DEC3E

Z2

Z1

Z0

EN

S0

S1

Z2

Z1

Z0

S0

S1

Macro Library Reference Manual 119

Page 120: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DEC4 and DEC4E

Function:

DEC4: 1 to 4 decoder.DEC4E: 1 to 4 decoder with enable.

Availability: DEC4 and DEC4E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DEC4 ([Z0..Z3],S0,S1);DEC4E ([Z0..Z3],EN,S0,S1);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DEC4E.

x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DEC4 1/out 1 4 1DEC4E 1/out 1 4 1

Input Output

EN S1 S0 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3

1 0 0 1 0 0 01 0 1 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 1 01 1 1 0 0 0 10 x x 0 0 0 0

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3S0

S1

Z1

Z0

Z2

Z3

EN

S0

S1

DEC4

DEC4E

Macro Library Reference Manual 120

Page 121: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Encoders

PREN8 and PREN8E

Function:

PREN8: 7 line to 3 line priority encoder.PREN8E: 7 line to 3 line priority encoder with enable.

Availability: PREN8 and PREN8E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Z0: 4 PT Z1: 3 PT Z2: 1 PT** Z0: 4 PT Z1: 4 PT Z2: 2 PT

Macro Port Definition:

PREN8 ([Z0..Z2],[S0..S6]);PREN8E ([Z0..Z2],[S0..S6],EN);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to PREN8E.

x = don’t care

Macro PT GLB Output Level

PREN8 * .75 3 1PREN8E ** .75 3 1

Input Output

EN S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 Z2 Z1 Z0

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 x 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 01 x x 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 11 x x x 1 0 0 0 1 0 01 x x x x 1 0 0 1 0 11 x x x x x 1 0 1 1 01 x x x x x x 1 1 1 10 x x x x x x x 0 0 0

PREN8

PREN8E

S0

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

EN

Z2

Z1

Z0

S0

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

Z2

Z1

Z0

Macro Library Reference Manual 121

Page 122: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PREN10 and PREN10E

Function:

PREN10: 9 line to 4 line priority encoder.PREN10E: 9 line to 4 line priority encoder with enable.

Availability: PREN10 and PREN10E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Z3: 1 PT Z2, Z1: 4 PT Z0: 5 PT** Z3: 2 PT Z2, Z1: 4 PT Z0: 5 PT

Macro Port Definition:

PREN10 ([Z0..Z3],[S0..S8]);PREN10E ([Z0..Z3],[S0..S8],EN);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to PREN10E.

x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

PREN10 14* 1 4 1PREN10E 15** 1 4 1

Input Output

EN S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 x 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 01 x x 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 11 x x x 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 x x x x 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 11 x x x x x 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 01 x x x x x x 1 0 0 0 1 1 11 x x x x x x x 1 0 1 0 0 01 x x x x x x x x 1 1 0 0 10 x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0

PREN10 PREN10E

S0

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

EN

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0S0

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S8

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0

Macro Library Reference Manual 122

Page 123: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PREN16 & PREN16E

Function:

PREN16: 15 line to 4 line priority encoder.PREN16E: 15 line to 4 line priority encoder with enable.

Availability: PREN16 and PREN16E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Z0, Z1, Z2: 8 PTZ3: 1 PT

Macro Port Definition:

PREN16 ([Z0..Z3],[S0..S14]);PREN16_1 (Z0,Z1,[S0..S14]);PREN16_2 (Z2,Z3,[S3..S14]);

PREN16E ([Z0..Z3],[S0..S14],EN);PREN16E_1 (Z0,Z1,[S0..S14],EN);PREN16E_2 (Z2,Z3,[S3..S14],EN);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to PREN16E. Some areas of this table are notshown. Refer to the PREN10/10E truth table for the logic pattern.

x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

PREN16 * 1.5 4 1PREN16E 8/out 2 4 1

Input Output

EN S0 S1 S2 S3 S11 S12 S13 S14 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 x 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 01 x x 1 0 ------ 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1x x x x x 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 01 x x x x x 1 0 0 0 1 0 11 x x x x x x 1 0 1 1 1 01 x x x x ------ x x x 1 1 1 1 10 x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0

PREN16 PREN16E

S0

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S13

S12

S11

S10

S9

S14

S8

EN

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0S0

S1

S2

S3

S4

S5

S6

S7

S13

S12

S11

S10

S9

S14

S8

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0

Macro Library Reference Manual 123

Page 124: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Counters

This chapter contains information on the following macros:

■ Binary Counters

■ Decade Counters

■ Gray Code Counters

Macro Library Reference Manual 124

Page 125: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Binary Counters

CBD11, CBD12, CBD14, and CBD18

Function: 1-, 2-, 4-, and 8-bit down counters with asynchronousclear, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CBD11, CBD12, CBD14, and CBD18 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: CBD11 and CBD12.Hard: CBD14 and CBD18.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 2 PT per output.CAO: 1 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBD11 (Q0,CAO,CAI,CLK,CD);CBD12 (Q0,Q1,CAO,CAI,CLK,CD);CBD14 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,CAI,CLK,CD);

CBD14_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,CD);CBD14_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI);

CBD18 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,CAI,CLK,CD);CBD18_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,CD);CBD18_2 ([Q4..Q7],[Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,CD);CBD18_3 (CAO,[Q0..Q7],CAI);

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBD11 * .5 2 1**CBD12 * .75 3 1**CBD14 * 1.25 5 1**CBD18 * 2.25 9 1**

CBD11

CBD12

CBD14

CBD18

CD

CAO

Q0CAI

CD

CAO

Q1

Q0CAI

CD

CAO

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0CAI

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CD

CAI

CAO

Macro Library Reference Manual 125

Page 126: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Counting Ranges:

CBD11: 1-0. CBD12: 3-0. CBD14: 15-0. CBD18: 255-0.

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all CBD1s.

* CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1.CAI = shift registers: serial input; counters: CAscade In,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x 0 CAI0 0 x Q 00 1 ↑ count down *

Macro Library Reference Manual 126

Page 127: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0LX2

CLK

CDCAO

CAI

CD

QD

FD21

CBD11

Macro Library Reference Manual 127

Page 128: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q1

Q0QI0

QI[0:1]

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

LX2

LX2

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI[0:1]

CLK

CD

CAI

CAO

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CBD12

Macro Library Reference Manual 128

Page 129: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI[0:3]

QI1QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0QI0

QI3

QI2

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CLK

CD

CD

QD

FD21

CAO

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAI

CBD14

Macro Library Reference Manual 129

Page 130: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q3QI3

QI0QI5

QI4

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI6

QI7QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI2

QI1

Q4

Q2

Q5

Q1

Q6

Q0

Q7

QI4

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI0

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

CLK

CAI

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAO

CBD18

Macro Library Reference Manual 130

Page 131: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBD21, CBD22, CBD24, and CBD28

Function: 1-, 2-, 4-, and 8-bit down counters with asynchronousclear, enable, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CBD21, CBD22, CBD24, and CBD24 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: CBD21 and CBD22.Hard: CBD24 and CBD28.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 2 PT per output.CAO: 1 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBD21 (Q0,CAO,CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBD22 (Q0,Q1,CAO,CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBD24 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,CAI,CLK,EN,CD);

CBD24_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBD24_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI,EN);

CBD28 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBD28_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBD28_2 ([Q4..Q7],[Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBD28_3 (CAO,[Q0..Q7],CAI,EN);

Counting Ranges:

CBD21: 1-0. CBD22: 3-0. CBD24: 15-0. CBD28: 255-0.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBD21 * .5 2 1**CBD22 * .75 3 1**CBD24 * 1.25 5 1**CBD28 * 2.25 9 1**

CBD21

CBD22

CBD24

CBD28

CDCAO

Q0CAI

CDCAO

Q1

Q0CAI

CDCAO

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0CAI

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CD

CAI

CAO

EN

EN

EN

EN

Macro Library Reference Manual 131

Page 132: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all CBD2s.

* CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1 and EN = 1CAI⋅EN = shift registers: serial input; counters:CAscade In, enable for multiplexors and counters, Q = output.

Input Output

CD EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x 0 CAI⋅EN0 0 x x Q 00 x 0 x Q 00 1 1 ↑ count down *

Macro Library Reference Manual 132

Page 133: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

CAO

LX2

CD

CLK

EN

CAI

CD

QD

FD21

Q0

CBD21

Macro Library Reference Manual 133

Page 134: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q1

Q0

QI[0:1]

QI1

QI0QI0

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI[0:1]

QI1

QI0

LX2

LX2

CLK

CD

EN

CAI

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAO

CBD22

Macro Library Reference Manual 134

Page 135: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI3

QI2

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

Q0QI0

QI[0:3]

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI0QI0

QI1

QI3QI3

QI2

QI1

QI2

Q1

Q2

Q3LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CLK

CD

EN

CAI

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAO

CBD24

Macro Library Reference Manual 135

Page 136: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

Q6

Q7

QI5

QI2

QI2

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI4

QI6

QI7

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI[0:7]

QI1

QI4

CAO

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

EN

CAI

CD

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2QI4

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI5

QI6

QI7QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

CBD28

Macro Library Reference Manual 136

Page 137: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBD31, CBD32, CBD34, and CBD38

Function: 1-, 2-, 4-, and 8-bit down counters with asynchronousclear, enable, parallel data load, synchronous preset, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CBD31, CBD32, CBD34, and CBD38 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: CBD31 and CBD32.Hard: CBD34 and CBD38.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 4 PT per output.CAO: 1 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBD31 (Q0,CAO,D0,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBD32 (Q0,Q1,CAO,D0,D1,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBD34 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);

CBD34_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBD34_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI,EN);

CBD38 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBD38_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBD38_2 (Q4,Q5,[Q0..Q3],D4,D5,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBD38_3 (Q6,Q7,[Q0..Q5],D6,D7,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBD38_4 (CAO,[Q0..Q7],CAI,EN);

Counting Ranges:

CBD31: 1-0. CBD32: 3-0. CBD34: 15-0. CBD38: 255-0.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBD31 * .5 2 1**CBD32 * .75 3 1**CBD34 * 1.25 5 1**CBD38 * 2.25 9 1**

CBD31 CBD32

CBD34 CBD38

PS

Q0

CAO

EN

CAI

LD

D0

CD

D0

1

LD

CAI

EN

Q1

CAO

Q0

PS

CD

PS

Q0

CAO

Q1

Q2

Q3

EN

CAI

LD

D3

D2

D1

D0

CD

PS

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

LD

D7

CAI

EN

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

CAO

Q0

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 137

Page 138: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all CBD3s.

* CBD31: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0CBD32: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1CBD34: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3CBD38: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3⋅D4⋅D5⋅D6⋅D7

** CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.CAI⋅EN = shift registers: serial input; counters: CAscade In, enable for multiplexors and counters,d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD PS LD D EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x x x x 0 CAI⋅EN0 1 x x x x ↑ 1 00 0 1 d x x ↑ d *0 0 0 x 0 x x Q 00 0 0 x x 0 x Q 00 0 0 x 1 1 ↑ count down **

Macro Library Reference Manual 138

Page 139: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0LX2

CAO

CD

CLK

PS

EN

CAI

LD

D0

CD

QD

FD21

CBD31

Macro Library Reference Manual 139

Page 140: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

Q1

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI[0:1]

QI0

QI1

QI[0:1]QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

LX2

LX2

CAI

LD

D0

EN

D1

PS

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

CLK

CAO

CBD32

Macro Library Reference Manual 140

Page 141: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI0

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI2

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

PS

EN

CAI

LD

D2

D3

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

D1

D0

CLK

CAO

CBD34

Macro Library Reference Manual 141

Page 142: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI3

QI2QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI[0:7]

CAO

CD

PS

EN

CAI

LD

D0

D1

D2

D3

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CLK

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CBD38.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 142

Page 143: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI[0:7]

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI5

QI4

QI3

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

D4

D5

D6

D7

CD

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAI

EN

PS

LD

CBD38.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 143

Page 144: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBD41, CBD42, CBD44, and CBD48

Function: 1-, 2-, 4-, and 8-bit down counters withsynchronous clear, enable, parallel data load, synchronouspreset, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CBD41, CBD42, CBD44, and CBD48 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: CBD41 and CBD42.Hard: CBD44 and CBD48.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 4 PT per output.CAO: 1 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBD41 (Q0,CAO,D0,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBD42 (Q0,Q1,CAO,D0,D1,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBD44 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);

CBD44_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBD44_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI,EN);

CBD48 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBD48_2 (Q4,Q5,[Q0..Q3],D4,D5,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBD48_3 (Q6,Q7,[Q0..Q5],D6,D7,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBD48_4 (CAO,[Q0..Q7],CAI,EN);

Counting Ranges:

CBD41: 1-0. CBD42: 3-0. CBD44: 15-0. CBD48: 255-0.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBD41 * .5 2 1**CBD42 * .75 3 1**CBD44 * 1.25 5 1**CBD48 * 2.25 9 1**

CBD41CBD42

CBD44 CBD48

PS

Q0

CAO

EN

CAI

LD

D0

CS

D0

D1

LD

CAI

EN

Q1

CAO

Q0

PS

CS

PS

CAO

Q1

Q2

Q3

EN

CAI

LD

D3

D2

D1

D0

CS

PS

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

LD

D7

CAI

EN

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

CAO

Q0

CS

Macro Library Reference Manual 144

Page 145: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all CBD4s.

* CBD41: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0CBD42: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1CBD44: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3CBD48: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3⋅D4⋅D5⋅D6⋅D7

** CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.CAI⋅EN = shift registers: serial input; counters: CAscade In, enable for multiplexors and counters,d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, Q = output of flip-flop or latch, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

PS CS LD D EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x x x ↑ 1 00 1 x x x x ↑ 0 CAI⋅EN0 0 1 d x x ↑ d *0 0 0 x 0 x x Q 00 0 0 x x 0 x Q 00 0 0 x 1 1 ↑ count down **

Macro Library Reference Manual 145

Page 146: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0LX2 QD

FD11CLK

CAO

PS

CS

EN

CAI

LD

D0

CBD41

Macro Library Reference Manual 146

Page 147: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q1

Q0QI0

QI1

QI[0:1]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI[0:1]

LX2

LX2

CS

D1

PS

EN

CAI

D0

LD

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

CLK

CAO

CBD42

Macro Library Reference Manual 147

Page 148: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI0

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CAI

EN

PS

CS

D3

D2

D1

D0

LD

CLK

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

CAO

CBD44

Macro Library Reference Manual 148

Page 149: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI3QI7

QI2

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

QI1

QI4

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

CLK

LD

D0

D1

D2

D3

CS

PS

EN

CAI

CAO

CBD48.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 149

Page 150: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI0

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI1

QI4

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

PS

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LD

D4

D5

D6

D7

CS

CLK

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

EN

CAI

QI5

QI4

QI6

QI7

QI[0:7]

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

CBD48.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 150

Page 151: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBD516 and CBD616

Function: 16-bit down counters with asynchronous clear andenable. CBD616 also has CAO.

Availability: CBD516 andCBD616 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 2 PT per output.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.

** Q0-Qn-1: 2 PT per output.CAO: 1 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.

*** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBD516 ([Q0..Q15],CLK,EN,CD);CBD516_1 ([Q0..Q3],CLK,EN,CD);CBD516_2 ([Q4..Q7],[Q0..Q3],CLK,EN,CD);CBD516_3 ([Q8..Q11],[Q0..Q7],CLK,EN,CD);CBD516_4 ([Q12..Q15],[Q0..Q11],CLK,EN,CD);

CBD616 ([Q0..Q15],CAO,CLK,EN,CD);CBD616_1 ([Q0..Q3],CLK,EN,CD);CBD616_2 ([Q4..Q7],[Q0..Q3],CLK,EN,CD);CBD616_3 ([Q8..Q11],[Q0..Q7],CLK,EN,CD);CBD616_4 (Q12,Q13,[Q0..Q11],CLK,EN,CD);CBD616_5 (Q14,Q15,CAO,[Q0..Q13],CLK,EN,CD);

Counting Ranges:

CBD516: 65,535-0. CBD616: 65,535-0.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBD516 * 4 16 1CBD616 ** 4.25 17 1***

CBD516

CBD616

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

Q8

Q10

Q11

Q12

Q13

Q14

CD

Q15

Q9

EN

EN

Q9

Q15

CAO

CD

Q14

Q13

Q12

Q11

Q10

Q8

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

Macro Library Reference Manual 151

Page 152: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

Gray areas (CAO) apply only to the CBD616.

* CAO = 1 after terminal count, when EN = 1 and terminal count = 0.EN = enable for multiplexors and counters, Q = output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD EN CLK Q CAO

1 x x 0 EN0 0 x Q 00 1 ↑ count down *

Macro Library Reference Manual 152

Page 153: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q9

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI[0:14]

QI0

QI3

EN

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

Q8

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

QI12

QI13

QI14

QI15

QI11

QI10

QI9

QI2QI8

QI7

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI[0:15]

QI0

QI2

QI4

QI1QI5

QI6

QI3

Q15

Q14

Q13

Q12

Q11

Q10

CBD516.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 153

Page 154: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI6

QI6

QI4

QI4

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI5

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI[0:14]

QI6

QI4

QI7

QI[0:15]

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI5

QI7

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

CLK

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CBD516.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 154

Page 155: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI11

QI9QI9

QI8

QI[0:15]

QI8

QI10QI10

QI11

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI8

QI[0:14]

QI11

QI10

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI9

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI9

QI9

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI7

QI10

QI8

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CLK

CD

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CBD516.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 155

Page 156: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI13

QI12

QI14

QI12

QI13

QI14

QI15

QI[0:15]

QI15

QI9

QI3

QI5

QI12

QI2

QI[0:14]

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI10

QI11

QI12

QI13

QI14

QI13

QI12

QI11

QI10

QI9

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI14

QI13

QI12

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI11

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI11

EN

CLK

CD

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CBD516.4

Macro Library Reference Manual 156

Page 157: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q15

Q14

Q13

Q12

Q11

Q10

Q9

QI13

QI15

QI14

QI3

QI11

QI10

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI1

QI0

QI[0:15]

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI1QI5

QI2

QI9

QI12

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

Q8

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

QI2

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI[0:15]QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI11

QI12

QI13

QI14

QI15

EN

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAO

CLK

CD

CBD616.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 157

Page 158: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI6

QI4

QI3

QI4

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI[0:15]

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI[0:15]

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI7LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

CLK

EN

CBD616.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 158

Page 159: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI8

QI9

QI[0:15]

QI10

QI9

QI8

QI11

QI10

QI11

QI9

QI[0:15]

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI11

QI10

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI10

QI9

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CLK

CD

CBD616.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 159

Page 160: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI13

QI12

QI14

QI12

QI13

QI14

QI15

QI[0:15]

QI15

EN

CLK

CD

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

QI15

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI11

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI11

QI12

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI11

QI12

QI13

QI14

QI13

QI12

QI11

QI10

QI9

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI[0:15]QI12

QI13

QI14

CBD616.4

Macro Library Reference Manual 160

Page 161: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBU11, CBU12, CBU14, and CBU18

Function: 1-, 2-, 4-, and 8-bit up counters with asynchronous clear,CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CBU11, CBU12, CBU14, and CBU18 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: CBU11 and CBU12.Hard: CBU14 and CBU18.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 2 PT per output.CAO: 1 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBU11 (Q0,CAO,CAI,CLK,CD);CBU12 (Q0,Q1,CAO,CAI,CLK,CD);CBU14 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,CAI,CLK,CD);

CBU14_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,CD);CBU14_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI);

CBU18 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,CAI,CLK,CD);CBU18_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,CD);CBU18_2 ([Q4..Q7],[Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,CD);CBU18_3 (CAO,[Q0..Q7],CAI);

Counting Ranges:

CBU11: 0-1. CBU12: 0-3. CBU14: 0-15. CBU18: 0-255.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBU11 * .5 2 1**CBU12 * .75 3 1**CBU14 * 1.25 5 1**CBU18 * 2.25 9 1**

CBU11

CBU12

CBU14

CBU18

CD

CAO

Q0CAI

CD

CAO

Q1

Q0CAI

CD

CAO

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0CAI

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CD

CAI

CAO

Macro Library Reference Manual 161

Page 162: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all CBU1s.

* CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1Q = output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x 0 00 0 x Q 00 1 ↑ count up *

Macro Library Reference Manual 162

Page 163: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LX2

CD

CAO

CD

QD

FD21

Q0CAI

CLK

CBU11

Macro Library Reference Manual 163

Page 164: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI[0:1]

QI0

QI0 QI1

Q0

LX2

LX2

CLK CD

CAI

Q1

CAO

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CBU12

Macro Library Reference Manual 164

Page 165: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAI

CAO

CD

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI0

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

CBU14

Macro Library Reference Manual 165

Page 166: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI6

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAI

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAO

CD

QD

FD21

CLK

CD

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CBU18

Macro Library Reference Manual 166

Page 167: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBU21, CBU22, CBU24, and CBU28

Function: 1-, 2-, 4-, and 8-bit up counters with asynchronous clear,enable, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CBU21, CBU22, CBU24, and CBU28 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: CBU21 and CBU22.Hard: CBU24 and CBU28.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 2 PT per output.CAO: 1 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBU21 (Q0,CAO,CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBU22 (Q0,Q1,CAO,CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBU24 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,CAI,CLK,EN,CD);

CBU24_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBU24_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI,EN);

CBU28 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBU28_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBU28_2 ([Q4..Q7],[Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,EN,CD);CBU28_3 (CAO,[Q0..Q7],CAI,EN);

Counting Ranges:

CBU21: 0-1. CBU22: 0-3. CBU24: 0-15. CBU28: 0-255.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBU21 * .5 2 1**CBU22 * .75 3 1**CBU24 * 1.25 5 1**CBU28 * 2.25 9 1**

CBU21

CBU22

CBU24

CBU28

CDCAO

Q0CAI

CDCAO

Q1

Q0CAI

CDCAO

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0CAI

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CD

CAI

CAO

EN

EN

EN

EN

Macro Library Reference Manual 167

Page 168: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all CBU2s.

* CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1 and EN = 1Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x 0 00 0 x x Q 00 x 0 x Q 00 1 1 ↑ count up *

Macro Library Reference Manual 168

Page 169: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0LX2

CLK

CD

CAO

EN

CAI

CD

QD

FD21

CBU21

Macro Library Reference Manual 169

Page 170: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI[0:1]

QI0

QI0

CD

QD

FD21Q0

Q1

LX2

LX2

CD

CAI

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CLK

CAO

CBU22

Macro Library Reference Manual 170

Page 171: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI2

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI2

QI3QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

Q0

Q1

Q3

Q2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAI

CD

CLK

CAO

CBU24

Macro Library Reference Manual 171

Page 172: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

Q1QI1

QI0

QI5

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI6

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI5

QI4

QI2

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

Q3

Q2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CLK

CAI

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CAO

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CBU28

Macro Library Reference Manual 172

Page 173: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBU31, CBU32, CBU34, and CBU38

Function: 1-, 2-, 4-, and 8-bit up counters with asynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load, synchronous preset, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CBU31, CBU32, CBU34, and CBU38 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: CBU31 and CBU32.Hard: CBU34 and CBU38.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 4 PT per output.CAO: 1 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used. CD: 1PT per GLB.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBU31 (Q0,CAO,D0,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBU32 (Q0,Q1,CAO,D0,D1,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBU34 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);

CBU34_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBU34_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI,EN);

CBU38 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBU38_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBU38_2 (Q4,Q5,[Q0..Q3],D4,D5,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBU38_3 (Q6,Q7,[Q0..Q5],D6,D7,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CBU38_4 (CAO,[Q0..Q7],CAI,EN);

Counting Ranges:

CBU31: 0-1. CBU32: 0-3. CBU34: 0-15. CBU38: 0-255.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBU31 * .5 2 1**CBU32 * .75 3 1**CBU34 * 1.25 5 1**CBU38 * 2.25 9 1**

CBU31 CBU32

CBU34 CBU38

PS

Q0

CAO

EN

CAI

LD

D0

CD

D0

D1

LD

CAI

EN

Q1

CAO

Q0

PS

CD

PS

Q0

CAO

Q1

Q2

Q3

EN

CAI

LD

D3

D2

D1

D0

CD

PS

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

LD

D7

CAI

EN

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

CAO

Q0

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 173

Page 174: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

he truth table is the same for all CBU3s.

* CBU31: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0CBU32: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1CBU34: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3CBU38: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3⋅D4⋅D5⋅D6⋅D7

** CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.CAI⋅EN = shift registers: serial input, counters:CAscade In, enable for multiplexors and counters,d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD PS LD D EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x x x x 0 00 1 x x x x ↑ 1 CAI⋅EN0 0 1 d x x ↑ d *0 0 0 x 0 x x Q 00 0 0 x x 0 x Q 00 0 0 x 1 1 ↑ count up **

Macro Library Reference Manual 174

Page 175: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0LX2

PS

EN

CAI

LD

D0

CAO

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

CBU31

Macro Library Reference Manual 175

Page 176: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CD

CLK

LX2

LX2

PS

D1

EN

CAI

D0

LD

CAO

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

Q1

Q0

QI1

QI[0:1]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

CBU32

Macro Library Reference Manual 176

Page 177: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

QI2

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

Q1

Q2

Q3

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

D2

D1

D0

PS

EN

CAI

LD

CD

CD

QD

FD21

CAO

CLK

D3

CBU34

Macro Library Reference Manual 177

Page 178: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q1

Q0QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

D3

D2

D1

D0

LD

PS

EN

CAI

CLK

CD

CAO

CD

QD

FD21

CBU38.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 178

Page 179: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI6

QI0

QI4

QI5

QI5

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI6

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI5

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI7

QI[0:7]

CD

QD

FD21

PS

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

D4

D5

D6

D7

CD

QD

FD21

CD

CLK

LD

CAI

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CBU38.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 179

Page 180: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBU41, CBU42, CBU44, and CBU48

Function: 1-, 2-, 4-, and 8-bit up counters with synchronous clear,enable, parallel data load, synchronous preset, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CBU41, CBU42, CBU44, and CBU48 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: CBU41 and CBU42.Hard: CBU44 and CBU48.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 4 PT per output.CAO: 1 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBU41 (Q0,CAO,D0,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBU42 (Q0,Q1,CAO,D0,D1,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBU44 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);

CBU44_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBU44_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI,EN);

CBU48 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBU48_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBU48_2 (Q4,Q5,[Q0..Q3],D4,D5,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBU48_3 (Q6,Q7,[Q0..Q5],D6,D7,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CBU48_4 (CAO,[Q0..Q7],CAI,EN);

Counting Ranges:

CBU41: 0-1. CBU42: 0-3. CBU44: 0-15. CBU48: 0-255.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBU41 * .5 2 1**CBU42 * .75 3 1**CBU44 * 1.25 5 1**CBU48 * 2.25 9 1**

CBU41 CBU42

CBU44 CBU48

PS

Q0

CAO

EN

CAI

LD

D0

CS

D0

D1

LD

CAI

EN

Q1

CAO

Q0

PS

CS

PS

Q0

CAO

Q1

Q2

Q3

EN

CAI

LD

D3

D2

D1

D0

CS

PS

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

LD

D7

CAI

EN

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

CAO

Q0

CS

Macro Library Reference Manual 180

Page 181: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all CBU4s.

* CBU41: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0CBU42: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅DCBU44: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3CBU48: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3⋅D4⋅D5⋅D6⋅D7

** CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.CAI⋅EN = shift registers: serial input, counters:CAscade In, enable for multiplexors and counters,d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

PS CS LD D EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x x x ↑ 1 CAI⋅EN0 1 x x x x ↑ 0 00 0 1 d x x ↑ d *0 0 0 x 0 x x Q 00 0 0 x x 0 x Q 00 0 0 x 1 1 ↑ count up **

Macro Library Reference Manual 181

Page 182: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

PS

CLK

QD

FD11

D0

LD

CAI

EN

CS

LX2

CAO

CBU41

Macro Library Reference Manual 182

Page 183: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0QI0

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI[0:1]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI1 Q1

LX2

LX2

LD

D0

CAI

EN

PS

D1

CS

CLK

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

CAO

CBU42

Macro Library Reference Manual 183

Page 184: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0QI0

QI2

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1 Q1

Q2

Q3

QD

FD11

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

D2

QD

FD11

LD

CAI

EN

QD

FD11

CLK

PS

D0

D1

D3

QD

FD11

CAOCS

CBU44

Macro Library Reference Manual 184

Page 185: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0QI0

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI3QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1 Q1

Q2

Q4

Q3

Q7

Q6

Q5

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CLK

LD

EN

CAI

CS

CAO

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

D3

D2

D1

PS

D0

CBU48.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 185

Page 186: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI7

QI4

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI[0:7]

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CAI

PS

EN

LD

CLK

CS

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

D7

D6

D5

D4

CBU48.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 186

Page 187: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBU516 and CBU616

Function: 16-bit up counters with asynchronous clear and enable.CBU616 also has CAO.

Availability: CBU516 and CBU616 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0-Qn-1: 2 PT per output.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used. CD: 1PT per GLB.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBU516 ([Q0..Q15],CLK,EN,CD);CBU516_1 ([Q0..Q3],CLK,EN,CD);CBU516_2 ([Q4..Q7],[Q0..Q3],CLK,EN,CD);CBU516_3 ([Q8..Q11],[Q0..Q7],CLK,EN,CD);CBU516_4 ([Q12..Q15],[Q0..Q11],CLK,EN,CD);

CBU616 ([Q0..Q15],CAO,CLK,EN,CD);CBU616_1 ([Q0..Q3],CLK,EN,CD);CBU616_2 ([Q4..Q7],[Q0..Q3],CLK,EN,CD);CBU616_3 ([Q8..Q11],[Q0..Q7],CLK,EN,CD);CBU616_4 (Q12,Q13,[Q0..Q11],CLK,EN,CD);CBU616_5 (Q14,Q15,CAO,[Q0..Q13],CLK,EN,CD);

Counting Ranges:

CBU516: 0-65,535. CBU616: 0-65,535.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBU516 * 4 16 1CBU616 * 4.25 17 1**

CBU516

CBU616

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

Q8

Q10

Q11

Q12

Q13

Q14

CD

Q15

Q9

EN

EN

Q9

Q15

CAOCD

Q14

Q13

Q12

Q11

Q10

Q8

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

Macro Library Reference Manual 187

Page 188: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

Gray areas (CAO) apply only to the CBU616.

* CAO = 1 after terminal count,when EN = 1 and each terminal count bit = 1.Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD EN CLK Q CAO

1 x CLK 0 00 0 x Q 00 1 ↑ count up *

Macro Library Reference Manual 188

Page 189: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI8QI2

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI[0:15]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI4

QI3

QI15

QI14

QI13

QI12

QI11

QI10

QI9

Q12

Q13

Q14

Q15

Q8

Q9

Q10

Q11

Q6

Q7

Q1

Q0

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

EN

CBU516.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 189

Page 190: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI[0:15]

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI6

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CLK CD

CD

QD

FD21

CBU516.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 190

Page 191: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

EN

QI11

QI10

QI9

QI8

QI11

QI10

QI9

QI[0:15]

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI9

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI10

QI9

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI0

CBU516.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 191

Page 192: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

EN

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI11

QI12

QI13

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI11

QI12

QI11

QI14

QI9

QI6

QI5

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI4

QI7

QI8

QI10

QI11

QI12

QI13

QI10

QI8

QI7

QI9

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI13

QI12

QI14

QI15QI15

QI14

QI13

QI12

QI[0:15]

CLK CD

CBU516.4

Macro Library Reference Manual 192

Page 193: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q15QI15

QI13

QI14

QI11

QI10

QI9

QI5

QI1

QI1QI0

QI[0:15]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI6

QI7

QI2QI8

QI15

QI14

QI13

QI12

QI11

QI10

QI9

QI8

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI12

QI3

Q13

Q14

Q12

Q6

Q7

Q8

Q9

Q10

Q11

CAO

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

EN

CD

QD

FD21CLK

CD

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CBU616.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 193

Page 194: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CD

QD

FD21

CDCLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

EN

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI[0:15]

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CBU616.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 194

Page 195: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI[0:15]

QI9

QI10

QI11

QI8

QI9

QI10

QI11

EN

CD

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CBU616.4

Macro Library Reference Manual 195

Page 196: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBU716

Function: 16-bit up counter with asynchronous clear, enable,parallel data load and carry out for 3K device only.

Availability: CBU716 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0- Q15: 3 PT. CAO: 1 PT.

Macro Port Definition:

CBU716 ([Q0..Q15],CAO,CLK,EN,LD,CD,CAI,[D0..D15]);CBU716_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CBU716_2 ([Q4..Q7],[Q0..Q3],[D4..D7],CAI,CLK,

LD,EN,CD);CBU716_3 ([Q8..Q11],[Q0..Q7],[D8..D11],CAI,CLK,

LD,EN,CD);CBU716_4 ([Q12..Q15],[Q0..Q11],[D12..D15],

CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CBU716_5 (CAO,[Q0..Q15],CAI,EN);

Counting Ranges:

0 - 65,535

Truth Table:

* CBU716: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3⋅D4⋅D5⋅D6⋅D7⋅D8⋅D9⋅D10⋅D11⋅D12⋅D13⋅D14⋅D15.** CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBU716 * 4.25 17 1

Input Output

CD LD D EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 X X X X X 0 CAI • EN0 1 d X X ↑ d *0 0 X 0 X X Q 00 0 X X 0 X Q 00 0 X 1 1 ↑ count up **

CBU716

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

Q8

Q10

Q11

Q12

Q13

Q14

CD

Q15

Q9

CAI

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

D8

D10

D11

D12

D13

D14

D15

D9

LD

EN

CAO

Macro Library Reference Manual 196

Page 197: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

EN

QI4

QI0

QI4

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI10

QI15

QI14

QI3

QI11

QI10

QI2

QI6

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI[0:15]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI12

QI13

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI11

QI12

QI13

QI14

QI15

QI0

QI1

LX2

D4

Q4

CD

CLK

LD LX2

CD

QD

FD21

D0

CAI

EN

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

D1

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

D2

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

D3

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

Q5

Q6

Q7

Q8

Q9

Q10

Q11

Q12

Q13

Q14

Q15

CAO

CD

QD

FD21

CBU716.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 197

Page 198: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LX2

D8

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

D5

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

D6

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

D7

LX2LD

CAI

EN

CD

CLK

QI8

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI6

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI8

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI6

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI5

QI[0:15]

QI5

QI6

QI7

CBU716.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 198

Page 199: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

D9

LX2

D10

D11

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

LD

CAI

EN

QI6

QI7

QI10

QI9

QI8

QI4

QI2

QI11

QI8

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI8

QI7

QI11

QI10

QI9

QI9

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI10

QI0

QI1

QI6

QI9

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI5

QI[0:15]

CBU716.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 199

Page 200: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI6

QI11

QI8

QI12

QI[0:15]

QI13

QI12

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI9

QI10

QI13

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI9

QI11

QI12

QI10

QI8

QI7

LD

CAI

EN

CD

CLK

LX2

D12

D13

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CBU716.4

Macro Library Reference Manual 200

Page 201: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI11

QI14

QI0

QI1

QI15

QI12

QI13

QI14

QI11

QI10

QI9

QI8

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI15

QI[0:15]

QI14

QI6

QI7

QI8

QI9

QI13

QI10

QI12

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

EN

CAI

LX2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

LD

D14

D15

LX2

CD

QD

FD21CLK

CBU716.5

Macro Library Reference Manual 201

Page 202: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CBUD1, CBUD2, CBUD4, and CBUD8

Function: 1-, 2-, 4-, and 8-bit up/down counters with asynchronousclear, synchronous clear, enable, parallel data load, synchronouspreset, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CBUD1, CBUD2, CBUD4, and CBUD8 are for pDS,ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Soft: CBUD1 and CBUD2.Hard: CBUD4 and CBUD8.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Q0: 4 PT. Q1-Qn-1: 5 PT.CAO: 2 PT.CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used. CD: 1PT per GLB.

** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CBUD1 (Q0,CAO,D0,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CBUD2 (Q0,Q1,CAO,D0,D1,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CBUD4 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);

CBUD4_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CBUD4_2 (Q3,CAO,[Q0..Q2],D3,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);

CBUD8 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CBUD8_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CBUD8_2 [Q3..Q5],[Q0..Q2],[D3..D5],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CBUD8_3 (Q6,Q7,CAO,[Q0..Q5],D6,D7,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);

Counting Ranges:

CBUD1: 0↔1. CBUD2: 0↔3. CBUD4: 0↔15. CBUD8: 0↔255.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CBUD1 * .5 2 1**CBUD2 * .75 3 1**CBUD4 */out 1.25 5 1**CBUD8 */out 2.5 9 1**

CBUD1 CBUD2

CBUD4 CBUD8

DN/UP

CSCD

D0

LD

CAI

EN

CAO

Q0

PS

DN/UP

PS

Q0

CAO

Q1

EN

CAI

LD

D1

D0

CD CS

DN/UP

PS

Q0

CAO

Q1

Q2

Q3

EN

CAI

LD

D3

D2

D1

D0

CD CS DN/UP

PS

CSCD

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

LD

D7

CAI

EN

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

CAO

Q0

Macro Library Reference Manual 202

Page 203: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all CBUDs.

* CBUD1: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅(DNUP⋅D0+DNUP⋅D0)CBUD2: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅(DNUP⋅D0⋅D1+DNUP⋅D0⋅D1)CBUD4: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅(DNUP⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3+DNUP⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3)CBUD8: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅(DNUP⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3⋅D4⋅D5⋅D6⋅D7+DNUP⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3⋅D4⋅D5⋅D6⋅D7)

** CAO = 1 after terminal count, when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.CAI⋅EN = shift registers: serial input; counters: CAcade In, enable for multiplexors and counters, d = anypattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, Q = output of flip-flop or latch, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD PS CS LD D EN CAI DNUP CLK Q CAO

1 x x x x x x x x 0 CAI⋅EN⋅DNUP0 1 x x x x x x ↑ 1 CAI⋅EN⋅DNUP0 0 1 x x x x x ↑ 0 CAI⋅EN⋅DNUP0 0 0 1 d x x x ↑ d *0 0 0 0 x 0 x x x Q 00 0 0 0 x x 0 x ↑ Q 00 0 0 0 x 1 1 0 ↑ count up **0 0 0 0 x 1 1 1 ↑ count down **

Macro Library Reference Manual 203

Page 204: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0LX2

CD

QD

FD21CLK

CD

CAOUP

CS

EN

CAI

D0

LD

PS

DNUP

CBUD1

Macro Library Reference Manual 204

Page 205: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI[0:1]

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI[0:1]

QI0

QI0

QI1

Q0

Q1

CAO

LD

D0

PS

CAI

D1

CS

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

DNUP

EN

UP

LX2

LX2

CBUD2

Macro Library Reference Manual 205

Page 206: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

UP

CAO

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

LX2

LX2

DNUP

CS

CD

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LD

D0

D1

PS

CAI

EN

CLK

CBUD4.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 206

Page 207: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:3]

QI2

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI3

LD

CD

CLK

CS

QI[0:3]

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

D3

D2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

LX2

EN

CAI

PS

DNUP

UP

CBUD4.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 207

Page 208: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI1

QI0

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

Q6

Q7

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0QI1

QI4

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI1

QI0

LX2

LX2

DNUP

CS

CAO

CD

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LD

D0

D1

PS

CAI

EN

CLK

UP

CBUD8.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 208

Page 209: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI3

DNUP

LX2

LX2

CD

CLK

CS

D3

D2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

EN

CAI

PS

LD

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

UP

CBUD8.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 209

Page 210: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DNUP

CS

UP

D5

PS

EN

CAI

D4

LD

LX2

LX2

CLK

CD

QI[0:7]

QI5

QI4

QI4

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI5

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

QI[0:7]

QI5

QI4

QI4

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI2

CBUD8.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 210

Page 211: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI7

QI6

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI6

QI[0:7]

LD

EN

CAI

PS

DNUP

UP

QI7

QI2

QI3

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI5

QI6

QI4

QI4

QI0

QI1

QI6

QI[0:7]

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

CLK

LX2

LX2

CS

D7

D6

CBUD8.4

Macro Library Reference Manual 211

Page 212: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CDD14 and CDD18

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade down counters with asynchronousclear, enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CDD14 and CDD18 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 6 PT Q2: 5 PT Q3: 5 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 6 PT Q2: 5 PT Q3: 5 PTQ4: 6 PT Q5: 6 PT Q6: 5 PT Q7: 5 PT

Macro Port Definition:

CDD14 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD14_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD14_2 (Q3,D3,[Q0..Q2],CLK,LD,EN,CD);

CDD18 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD18_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD18_2 ([Q3..Q5],[D3..D5],[Q0..Q2],Q6,Q7,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD18_3 (Q6,Q7,D6,D7,[Q0..Q5],CLK,LD,EN,CD);

Counting Ranges:

CDD14: 9-0. CDD18: 99-0.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDD14 * 1.5 4 1CDD18 ** 2.75 8 1

CDD14

CDD18

LD

EN

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

CD

Q7D7

LD

EN

D6 Q6

D5 Q5

D4 Q4

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 212

Page 213: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for both CDD1s.

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0-9.Loading higher hexadecimal input values (A-F) clears that decimal output digit on the next clock pulse.d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD LD D EN CLK Q

1 x x x x 00 1 d x ↑ d0 0 x 0 x Q0 0 x 1 ↑ count down

Macro Library Reference Manual 213

Page 214: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0QI[0:3]

QI2

CD

QD

FD21

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

QI[0:3]

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI0

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CLK

D0

LD

LOAD3

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD1

LOAD0

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD0

HOLD2

HOLD3

HOLD1

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD2

EN

D1

D2

D3

CD

CDD14

Macro Library Reference Manual 214

Page 215: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

HOLD3

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0QI[0:7]

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI[0:7]

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

D3

D2

D1

EN

LOAD2

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD1

HOLD2

HOLD0

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD0

LOAD1

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD3

LD

D0

CLK

CDD18.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 215

Page 216: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI5

QI6

QI2

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI6

QI5

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI7

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

LX2

LX2

CLK

CD

EN

LD

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI4

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI5

QI5

QI6

QI4

QI5

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD4

HOLD5

CD

QD

FD21

D4

D5

CDD18.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 216

Page 217: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI6

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI5

LX2

LX2

CLK

CD

LD

QI[0:7]

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI6

QI7

QI4

QI5

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI6

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD6

HOLD7

D6

D7

EN

CDD18.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 217

Page 218: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CDD24 and CDD28

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade down counters with synchronousclear, enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CDD24 and CDD28 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 6 PT Q2: 5 PT Q3: 5 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 6 PT Q2: 5 PT Q3: 5 PTQ4: 6 PT Q5: 6 PT Q6: 5 PT Q7: 5 PT

Macro Port Definition:

CDD24 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDD24_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDD24_2 (Q3,D3,[Q0..Q2],CLK,LD,EN,CS);

CDD28 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDD28_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDD28_2 ([Q3..Q5],[D3..D5],[Q0..Q2],Q6,Q7,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDD28_3 (Q6,Q7,D6,D7,[Q0..Q5],CLK,LD,EN,CS);

Counting Ranges:

CDD24: 9-0. CDD28: 99-0.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDD24 * 1.25 4 1CDD28 ** 2.5 8 1

CDD24

CDD28

LD

EN

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

CS

Q7D7

LD

EN

D6 Q6

D5 Q5

D4 Q4

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

CS

Macro Library Reference Manual 218

Page 219: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for both CDD2s.

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0-9.Loading higher hexadecimal input values (A-F) clears that decimal output digit on the next clock pulse.d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CS LD D EN CLK Q

1 x x x ↑ 00 1 d x ↑ d0 0 x 0 x Q0 0 x 1 ↑ count down

Macro Library Reference Manual 219

Page 220: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI0

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI[0:3]

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CLK

D2

D0

CS

LD

LOAD3

QD

FD11

LOAD2

QD

FD11

LOAD1

QD

FD11

LOAD0

QD

FD11

HOLD1

HOLD0

HOLD2

HOLD3

EN

D1

D3

CDD24

Macro Library Reference Manual 220

Page 221: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI[0:7]

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI[0:7]

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

D3

D1

EN

HOLD3

TMLATTICE Semiconductor Corporation

HOLD2

HOLD0

HOLD1

QD

FD11

LOAD0

QD

FD11

LOAD1

QD

FD11

LOAD2

QD

FD11

LOAD3

LD

CS

D0

D2

CLK

CDD28.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 221

Page 222: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI6

QI5

QI6

QI5

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

LX2

LX2

CLK

EN

LD

CS

QI[0:7]

QI6

QI5

QI5

QI7

QI7

QI5

QI5

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI4

QI4

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

HOLD4

HOLD5

D4

D5

CDD28.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 222

Page 223: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI6

QI7

QI7

QI5

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI6

LX2

LX2

CLK

LD

EN

QI[0:7]

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI6

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

HOLD7

HOLD6

CS

D6

D7

CDD28.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 223

Page 224: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CDD34 and CDD38

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade down counters with asynchronousclear, enable, parallel data load, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CDD34 and CDD38 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CAO: 1 PT CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 6 PTQ2: 5 PT Q3: 5 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CAO: 1 PT CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 6 PT Q2: 5 PTQ3: 5 PT Q4: 6 PT Q5: 6 PTQ6: 5 PT Q7: 5 PT

* (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CDD34 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD34_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD34_2 (Q3,CAO,D3,[Q0..Q2],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);

CDD38 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD38_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD38_2 ([Q3..Q5],[D3..D5],[Q0..Q2],Q6,Q7,CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDD38_3 (Q6,Q7,CAO,D6,D7,[Q0..Q5],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);

Counting Ranges:

CDD34: 9-0. 38: 99-0.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDD34 * 1.5 5 1***CDD38 ** 2.75 9 1***

CDD34

CDD38

CD

CAI

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

EN

LD CAO

CD

CAI

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

Q4D4

Q5D5

Q6D6

EN

LD CAO

D7 Q7

Macro Library Reference Manual 224

Page 225: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for both CDD3s.

* CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅terminal count.** CAO = 1 after terminal count when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0~9. Loading higher hexadecimal inputvalues (A-F) will clear that decimal output digit.

Input Output

CD LD D EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x x x 0 CAI⋅EN0 1 d x x ↑ d *0 0 x 0 x x Q 00 0 x x 0 x Q 00 0 x 1 1 ↑ count down **

Macro Library Reference Manual 225

Page 226: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI2

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0QI[0:3]

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0 CAO

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CLK

D3

D2

D1

D0

LD

HOLD2

HOLD1

HOLD0

HOLD3

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD0

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD1

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD2

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD3

CAI

EN

CD

CDD34

Macro Library Reference Manual 226

Page 227: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI[0:7]

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI0

QI0

QI6

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI[0:7]QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI2

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

CAO

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CD

EN

CAI

LOAD3

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD2

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD1

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD0

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD3

HOLD0

HOLD1

HOLD2

LD

D0

D1

D2

D3

CLK

CDD38.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 227

Page 228: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI4

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI6

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI6

QI5

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI5

QI[0:7]

LX2

LX2

CLK

CD

EN

CAI

LD

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD5

HOLD4

CD

QD

FD21

QI4

QI6

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI4

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI5

QI7

QI5

QI[0:7]

D4

D5

CDD38.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 228

Page 229: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI6

LX2

LX2

CLK

CD

EN

CAI

LD

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI5

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI6

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD6

HOLD7

D6

D7

CDD38.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 229

Page 230: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CDD44 and CDD48

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade down counters with synchronousclear, enable, parallel data load, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CDD44 and CDD48 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CAO: 1 PT Q0: 5 PTQ1: 6 PT Q2: 5 PT Q3: 5 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CAO: 1 PT Q0: 5 PTQ1: 6 PT Q2: 5 PT Q3: 5 PTQ4: 6 PT Q5: 6 PT Q6: 5 PT Q7: 5 PT

*** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CDD44 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDD44_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDD44_2 (Q3,CAO,D3,[Q0..Q2],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);

CDD48 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDD48_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDD48_2 ([Q3..Q5],[D3..D5],[Q0..Q2],Q6,Q7,CAI,CLK,LD,

EN,CS);CDD48_3 (Q6,Q7,CAO,D6,D7,[Q0..Q5],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);

Counting Ranges:

CDD44: 9-0. 48: 99-0.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDD44 * 1.5 5 1***CDD48 ** 2.75 9 1***

CDD44

CDD48

CS

CAI

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

EN

LD CAO

CS

CAI

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

Q4D4

Q5D5

Q6D6

EN

LD CAO

D7 Q7

Macro Library Reference Manual 230

Page 231: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0-9. Loading higher hexadecimalinput values (A-F) clears that decimal output digit on the next clockpulse.

* CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅terminal count.** CAO = 1 after terminal count when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CS LD D EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x x ↑ 0 00 1 d x x ↑ d *0 0 x 0 x x Q 00 0 x x 0 x Q 00 0 x 1 1 ↑ count down **

Macro Library Reference Manual 231

Page 232: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI5

QI4

QI4

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI5

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI5

QI7

QI4

QI6

QI7

QI[0:7]

QI4

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI5

QI6

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI6

QI5

QI[0:7]

LX2

LX2

CLK

LD

CS

EN

CAI

QD

FD11

HOLD4

QD

FD11

HOLD5

D4

D5

CDD48.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 232

Page 233: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

LX2

LX2

CLK

EN

CAI

LD

CS

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI5

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI6

QD

FD11

HOLD7

QD

FD11

HOLD6

D6

D7

CDD48.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 233

Page 234: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Decade Counters

CDU14 and CDU18

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade up counters with asynchronous clear,enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CDU14 and CDU18 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 4 PT Q2: 4 PT Q3: 6 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 4 PT Q2: 4 PTQ3: 6 PT Q4: 6 PT Q5: 4 PTQ6: 4 PT Q7: 6 PT

Macro Port Definition:

CDU14 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDU18 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK,LD,EN,CD);

CDU18_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDU18_2 ([Q4..Q6],[D4..D6],[Q0..Q3],Q7,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDU18_3 (Q7,D7,[Q0..Q6],CLK,LD,EN,CD);

Counting Ranges:

CDU14: 0-9. 18: 0-99.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDU14 * 1 4 1CDU18 ** 2.25 8 1

CDU14

CDU18

LD

EN

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

CD

Q7D7

LD

EN

D6 Q6

D5 Q5

D4 Q4

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 234

Page 235: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for both CDU1s.

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0-9.Loading higher hexadecimal input values (A-F) clears that decimal output digit on the next clock pulse.d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD LD D EN CLK Q

1 x x x x 00 1 d x ↑ d0 0 x 0 x Q0 0 x 1 ↑ count up

Macro Library Reference Manual 235

Page 236: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI1

QI[1:3]

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI[0:3]QI0

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

D3

D2

D1

D0

EN

LD

CD

QD

FD21CLK

CD

HOLD0

HOLD3

HOLD2

HOLD1

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CDU14

Macro Library Reference Manual 236

Page 237: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI0

QI2

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI[0:7]

QI3

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

CD

QD

FD21

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD1

HOLD2

HOLD3

HOLD0

CD

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

LD

EN

D0

D1

D2

D3

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CDU18.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 237

Page 238: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI2

QI1

QI6

QI5

QI2

QI1

QI7

QI2

QI1

QI7

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI5

D5

D4

HOLD4

HOLD5

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LD

EN

CLK

CD

LX2

LX2

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI5

QI3

QI4QI[0:7]

QI4

QI5

CDU18.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 238

Page 239: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI1

QI6

QI7

QI2

QI2

QI1

QI7

QI1

QI2

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI7

QI7

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI0

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI[0:7]

D6

HOLD6

HOLD7

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LD

EN

D7

CD

CLK

LX2

LX2

CDU18.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 239

Page 240: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CDU24 and CDU28

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade up counters with synchronous clear,enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CDU24 and CDU28 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 4 PTQ2: 4 PT Q3: 6 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 4 PTQ2: 4 PT Q3: 6 PT Q4: 6 PTQ5: 4 PT Q6: 4 PT Q7: 6 PT

Macro Port Definition:

CDU24 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDU28 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK,LD,EN,CS);

CDU28_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDU28_2 ([Q4..Q6],[D4..D6],[Q0..Q3],Q7,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDU28_3 (Q7,D7,[Q0..Q6],CLK,LD,EN,CS);

Counting Ranges:

CDU24: 0-9. CDU28: 0-99.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDU24 * 1 4 1CDU28 ** 2.25 8 1

CDU24

CDU28

LD

EN

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

CS

Q7D7

LD

EN

D6 Q6

D5 Q5

D4 Q4

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

CS

Macro Library Reference Manual 240

Page 241: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for both CDU2s.

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0~9.Loading higher hexadecimal input values (A-F) will clear that decimal output digit.d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, Q = output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CS LD D EN CLK Q

1 x x x ↑ 00 1 d x ↑ d0 0 x 0 x Q0 0 x 1 ↑ count up

Macro Library Reference Manual 241

Page 242: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI2

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI[1:3]

QI3

EN

CLK

QD

FD11

HOLD3

HOLD0

HOLD1

HOLD2

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

CS

LD

D1

D0

D2

D3

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CDU24

Macro Library Reference Manual 242

Page 243: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI3

QI[0:7]

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI0

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI3

D3

D2

D0

D1

LD

CS

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

HOLD2

HOLD1

HOLD0

HOLD3

QD

FD11

CLK

EN

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CDU28.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 243

Page 244: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI5

QI5

QI0

QI0

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI4

QI7

QI4

QI6

QI7

QI0

QI3

QI3

QI4

QI4

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI5

QI2

QI7

QI1

QI6

QI5

QI2

QI1

QI7

QI2

QI1

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI5

CLK

LD

CS

EN

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

HOLD5

HOLD4

D4

D5

LX2

LX2

CDU28.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 244

Page 245: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI7

QI7

QI[0:7]

QI6

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI6

QI0

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI5

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI1

QI2

QI7

QI6

QI7

D6

D7

CS

LD

EN

QD

FD11

HOLD6

QD

FD11

HOLD7

CLK

LX2

LX2

CDU28.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 245

Page 246: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CDU34 and CDU38

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade up counters with asynchronous clear,enable, parallel data load, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CDU34 and CDU38 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 4 PTQ2: 4 PT Q3: 6 PT CAO: 1 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 4 PT Q2: 4 PT Q3: 6 PTQ4: 6 PT Q5: 4 PT Q6: 4 PT Q7: 6 PTCAO: 1 PT

*** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CDU34 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDU34_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDU34_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI,EN);

CDU38 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDU38_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);CDU38_2 ([Q4..Q6],CAO,[D4..D6],[Q0..Q3],Q7,CAI,CLK,

LD,EN,CD);CDU38_3 (Q7,D7,[Q0..Q6],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CD);

Counting Ranges:

CDU34: 0-9. CDU38: 0-99.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDU34 * 1.25 5 1***CDU38 ** 2.5 9 1***

CDU34

CDU38

CD

CAI

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

EN

LD CAO

CD

CAI

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

Q4D4

Q5D5

Q6D6

EN

LD CAO

D7 Q7

Macro Library Reference Manual 246

Page 247: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0-9. Loading higher hexadecimalinput values (A-F) clears that decimal output digit on the next clockpulse.

* CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅terminal count.** CAO = 1 after terminal count (9 or 99) when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD LD D EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x x x 0 00 1 d x x ↑ d *0 0 x 0 x x Q 00 0 x x 0 x Q 00 0 x 1 1 ↑ count up **

Macro Library Reference Manual 247

Page 248: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI[1:3]

QI1

QI3

QI2

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

CD

CAI

CAO

HOLD0

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD1

HOLD2

HOLD3

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

EN

LD

D1

D0

D3

D2

CLK

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CDU34

Macro Library Reference Manual 248

Page 249: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI4

QI2

QI[0:7]QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI7

QI0

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI1

QI2

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI6

CD

QD

FD21

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

Q5

Q6

Q7

CAO

CLK

D2

D3

D0

D1

LD

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD3

HOLD2

HOLD1

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD0

CAI

CD

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CDU38.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 249

Page 250: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI7

QI1

QI2

QI7

QI1

QI2

QI5

QI6

QI1

QI2

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI5

QI4

QI4

QI5

QI[0:7]

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI5

D5

D4

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD5

HOLD4

CD

LD

CAI

EN

LX2

LX2

CDU38.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 250

Page 251: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI6

QI1

QI2

QI7

QI7

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI6

QI3

QI4

QI6

QI0

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI7

QI4

QI0

QI6

QI5

QI3

QI0

QI6

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI5

QI7

QI[0:7]

CAI

HOLD6

HOLD7

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

EN

LD

D7

D6

CD

CLK

LX2

LX2

CDU38.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 251

Page 252: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CDU44 and CDU48

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade up counters with synchronous clear,enable, parallel data load, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CDU44 and CDU48 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CAO: 1 PTQ0: 5 PT Q1: 4 PTQ2: 4 PT Q3: 6 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CAO: 1 PTQ0: 5 PT Q1: 4 PTQ2: 4 PT Q3: 6 PT Q4: 6 PTQ5: 4 PT Q6: 4 PT Q7: 6 PT

*** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CDU44 ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDU44_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDU44_2 (CAO,[Q0..Q3],CAI,EN);

CDU48 ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDU48_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);CDU48_2 ([Q4..Q6],CAO,[D4..D6],[Q0..Q3],Q7,CAI,CLK,

LD,EN,CS);CDU48_3 (Q7,D7,[Q0..Q6],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,CS);

Counting Ranges:

CDU44: 0-9. CDU48: 0-99.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDU44 * 1.25 5 1***CDU48 ** 2.5 9 1***

CDU44

CDU48

CS

CAI

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

EN

LD CAO

CS

CAI

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

Q4D4

Q5D5

Q6D6

EN

LD CAO

D7 Q7

Macro Library Reference Manual 252

Page 253: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0-9. Loading higher hexadecimalinput values (A-F) clears that decimal output digit on the next clockpulse.

* CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅terminal count.** CAO = 1 after terminal count (9 or 99) when CAI=1 and EN=1

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CS LD D EN CAI CLK Q CAO

1 x x x x ↑ 0 00 1 d x x ↑ d *0 0 x 0 x x Q 00 0 x x 0 x Q 00 0 x 1 1 ↑ count up **

Macro Library Reference Manual 253

Page 254: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI[1:3]

QI2

QI2

QI3

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CLK

CAO

D3

D2

D1

CLK

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

HOLD0

HOLD3

QD

FD11

HOLD1

HOLD2

LD

CS

D0

EN

CAI

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CDU44

Macro Library Reference Manual 254

Page 255: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI3

QI2

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI6

QI5

QI2

QI1

QI4

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI0

QI0

QI[0:7]

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI7

QI3

QI0

CAO

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

CAI

EN

D0

CS

LD

HOLD2

HOLD1

QD

FD11

HOLD3

HOLD0

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

CLK

D1

D2

D3

CLK

LX2

LX2

LX2

LX2

CDU48.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 255

Page 256: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI5

QI7

QI0

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI4

QI6

QI7

QI0

QI3

QI4QI[0:7]

QI5

D5

D4

HOLD4

HOLD5

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

CLK

CS

LD

CAI

EN

LX2

LX2

QI7

QI2

QI1

QI1

QI2

QI7

QI1

QI2

QI5

QI6

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI5

CDU48.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 256

Page 257: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI6

QI[1:3],QI[5:7]

QI1

QI7

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI7

QI2

QI3

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI5

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI0

QI6

CLK

LD

EN

CAI

CS

QD

FD11

QD

FD11

HOLD7

HOLD6

D6

D7

LX2

LX2

CDU48.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 257

Page 258: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CDUD4 and CDUD8

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade up/down counters with asynchronousclear, synchronous clear, enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CDUD4 and CDUD8 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 7 PTQ2: 6 PT Q3: 7 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 7 PT Q2: 6 PTQ3: 7 PT Q4: 8 PT Q5: 7 PTQ6: 6 PT Q7: 7 PT

Macro Port Definition:

CDUD4 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD4_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD4_2 (Q3,D3,[Q0..Q2],CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);

CDUD8 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD8_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD8_2 (Q3,Q4,D3,D4,[Q0..Q2],[Q5..Q7],CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD8_3 (Q5,Q6,D5,D6,[Q0..Q4],Q7,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD8_4 (Q7,D7,[Q0..Q6],CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);

Counting Ranges:

CDUD4: 0↔9. 8: 0↔99.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDUD4 * 1.5 4 1CDUD8 ** 3.25 8 1

CDUD4 CDUD8

DN/UP

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

CS

EN

LD

CD DN/UP

CD

Q7D7

LD

EN

CS

D6 Q6

D5 Q5

D4 Q4

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

Macro Library Reference Manual 258

Page 259: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0-9. Loading higher hexadecimalinput values (A-F) clears that decimal output digit on the next clockpulse.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD CS LD D EN DNUP CLK Q

1 x x x x x x 00 1 x x x x ↑ 00 0 1 d x x ↑ d0 0 0 x 0 x x Q0 0 0 x 1 0 ↑ count up0 0 0 x 1 1 ↑ count down

Macro Library Reference Manual 259

Page 260: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI0

QI0

QI1

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI0

LX2

LX2

CD

LOAD1CD

QD

FD21

LOAD0CD

QD

FD21

HOLD0

HOLD1

CS

LD

EN

DNUP

D0

D1

CLK

CDUD4.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 260

Page 261: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:3]

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI2

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI3LX2

LX2

D3

D2

HOLD3

HOLD2

CD

QD

FD21

CLK

LOAD2

CD

QD

FD21

CD

CS

LD

DNUP

EN

CDUD4.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 261

Page 262: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI0QI[0:7]

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI[0:7]

LX2

LX2

CLK

D1

D0

DNUP

EN

LD

CS

HOLD1

HOLD0

CD

QD

FD21LOAD0

CD

QD

FD21LOAD1

CD

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

CDUD8.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 262

Page 263: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI[0:7]

LX2

LX2

CD

CLK

EN

DNUP

LD

CS

CD

QD

FD21LOAD2

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD2

HOLD3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI[0:7]

D2

D3

CDUD8.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 263

Page 264: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI3

QI5

QI6

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI7

QI1

QI2

QI5

QI6

QI0

QI1

QI7

QI2

QI1

QI4

LX2

CD

CLK

EN

DNUP

LD

CS

QI[0:7]

QI4

QI5

QI7

QI4

QI6

QI7

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI4

QI4

LOAD4CD

QD

FD21

HOLD4

D4

CDUD8.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 264

Page 265: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI5

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI5

LX2

QI5

QI[0:7]

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI6

QI0

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI7

QI2

QI1

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

CD

CLK

EN

DNUP

LD

LOAD5CD

QD

FD21

HOLD5

CS

D5

CDUD8.4

Macro Library Reference Manual 265

Page 266: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI0

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI6LX2

QI[0:7]

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI7

QI6

EN

DNUP

LD

LOAD6

CD

CLK

CD

QD

FD21

CS

HOLD6

D6

CDUD8.5

Macro Library Reference Manual 266

Page 267: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI6

QI4

QI5

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI7

LX2

QI[0:7]

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI2

QI1

QI1

QI1

QI2

QI7

LD

EN

DNUP

CS

LOAD7

HOLD7

CLK

CD

CD

QD

FD21

D7

CDUD8.6

Macro Library Reference Manual 267

Page 268: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CDUD4c and CDUD8c

Function: 4- and 8-bit decade up/down counters with asynchronousclear, synchronous clear, enable, parallel data load, CAI, and CAO.

Availability: CDUD4c and CDUD8c are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CAO: 2 PT CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 7 PTQ2: 6 PT Q3: 7 PT

** CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CAO: 2 PT CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 5 PT Q1: 7 PT Q2: 6 PTQ3: 7 PT Q4: 8 PT Q5: 7 PTQ6: 6 PT Q7: 7 PT

*** (CAO is a 2-level output).

Macro Port Definition:

CDUD4c ([Q0..Q3],CAO,[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD4c_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CAI,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD4c_2 (Q3,CAO,D3,[Q0..Q2],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);

CDUD8c ([Q0..Q7],CAO,[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD8c_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],Q3,CAI,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD8c_2 (Q3,Q4,CAO,D3,D4,[Q0..Q2],[Q5..Q7],CAI,CLK,LD,

EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD8c_3 (Q5,Q6,D5,D6,[Q0..Q4],Q7,CAI,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CDUD8c_4 (Q7,D7,[Q0..Q6],CAI,CLK,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);

Counting Ranges:

CDUD4c: 0↔9. CDUD8c: 0↔99.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CDUD4c * 1.5 5 1***CDUD8c ** 3.25 9 1***

CDUD4c CDUD8c

DN/UP

CAI

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

CS

EN

LD CAO

CD DN/UP

CD

Q7D7

CAOLD

EN

CS

D6 Q6

D5 Q5

D4 Q4

D3 Q3

D2 Q2

D1 Q1

D0 Q0

CAI

Macro Library Reference Manual 268

Page 269: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

Valid states for each 4-bit digit are 0-9. Loading higher hexadecimalinput values (A-F) clears that decimal output digit on the next clockpulse.

* CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅DNUP** CDUD4c: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅DNUP⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3+DNUP⋅9

CDUD8c: CAO = CAI⋅EN⋅DNUP⋅D0⋅D1⋅D2⋅D3⋅D4⋅D5⋅D6⋅D7+DNUP⋅99*** CAO = 1 after terminal count (9 or 99) when CAI = 1 and EN = 1.

terminal count = 0 when DNUP = 1 (count down).terminal count = 9 or 99 when DNUP=0 (count up).d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, Q = output offlip-flop or latch, x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD CS LD D EN CAI DNUP CLK Q CAO

1 0 x x x x x x 0 *0 1 x x x x x ↑ 0 *0 0 1 d x x x ↑ d **0 0 0 x 0 x x x Q 00 0 0 x x 0 x x Q 00 0 0 x 1 1 0 ↑ count up 00 0 0 x 1 1 1 ↑ count down ***

Macro Library Reference Manual 269

Page 270: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q3

Q2

Q0

Q1

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI[0:3]

CAO

LX2

LX2

CLK

EN

CS

LD

LOAD0CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD0

HOLD1

LOAD1

DNUP

D0

CAI

D1

CD

CDUD4c.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 270

Page 271: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

LX2

LX2

CLK

CD

D2

EN

CAI

DNUP

LD

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

CD

QD

FD21

CS HOLD2

HOLD3

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD2

D3

CDUD4c.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 271

Page 272: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q7QI7

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI7

QI4

QI0

QI3

QI[0:7]

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI6

QI4

QI5

QI2

QI1

QI[0:7]

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI5

QI6

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI7

CAO

LX2

LX2

CD

D1

CAI

D0

DNUP

LOAD1

HOLD1

HOLD0

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21LOAD0

LD

CS

EN

CLK

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CDUD8c.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 272

Page 273: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI[0:7]

LX2

LX2

D3

LOAD2

CD

QD

FD21

HOLD3

HOLD2CS

CD

QD

FD21

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI[0:7]

LD

DNUP

CAI

EN

D2

CD

CLK

CDUD8c.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 273

Page 274: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI6

QI5

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI6

QI5

QI2

QI1

QI1

QI2

QI7

QI4

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI5

QI4

QI7

QI6

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI0

QI3

QI4

QI4

QI[0:7]

LX2CS

LD

EN

CAI

DNUP

HOLD4

LOAD4

CLK

CD

CD

QD

FD21

D4

CDUD8c.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 274

Page 275: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI5

QI6

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI7

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI4

QI3

LX2

QI[0:7]

QI5

QI7

QI5

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI5

EN

CAI

LD

DNUP

CD

CLK

LOAD5

HOLD5

CD

QD

FD21

CS

D5

CDUD8c.4

Macro Library Reference Manual 275

Page 276: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI6

QI1

QI2

QI7

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI4

QI5

LX2

EN

CAI

DNUP

LD

CD

CLK

QI[0:7]

QI6

QI0

QI3

QI4

QI5

QI6

QI7

QI6

QI7

QI6

LOAD6

HOLD6

CD

QD

FD21

CS

D6

CDUD8c.5

Macro Library Reference Manual 276

Page 277: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI6

QI4

QI5

LX2

CD

CLK

QI[0:7]

QI7

QI7

QI6

QI5

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI7

QI4

QI3

QI0

QI6

QI7

QI5

QI7

EN

CAI

DNUP

LD

CS

LOAD7CD

QD

FD21

HOLD7

D7

CDUD8c.6

Macro Library Reference Manual 277

Page 278: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Gray Code Counters

CGD14

Function: 4-bit gray code down counter with asynchronous clear,synchronous preset, enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CGD14 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB. Q0: 7 PTQ1: 6 PT Q2: 6 PT Q3: 6 PT

Macro Port Definition:

CGD14 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CGD14_1 (Q0,Q1,D0,D1,Q2,Q3,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CGD14_2 (Q2,Q3,D2,D3,Q0,Q1,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);

Gray Code Pattern: Refer to CGU14.

Counting Range: 15-0.

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CGD14 * 1.5 4 1

Input Output

CD PS LD D EN CLK Q

1 x x x x x 00 1 x x x ↑ 10 0 1 d x ↑ d0 0 0 x 0 ↑ Q0 0 0 x 1 ↑ count down

CD

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

EN

LD

PS

CGD14

Macro Library Reference Manual 278

Page 279: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI[0:3]QI0

QI1

QI2

CD

QD

FD21

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI0

HOLD0

LOAD0

LOAD1

HOLD1

CD

QD

FD21

LD

D0

EN

D1

PS

CD

CLK

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CGD14.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 279

Page 280: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:3]

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

CLK

HOLD3

CD

PS

LD

EN

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

D3

D2

LOAD3

LOAD2

HOLD2

QI[0:3]

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI2

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI1

QI3

CGD14.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 280

Page 281: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CGD24

Function: 4-bit gray code down counter with synchronous clear,synchronous preset, enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CGD24 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.Q0: 7 PT Q1: 6 PTQ2: 6 PT Q3: 6 PT

Macro Port Definition:

CGD24 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CGD24_1 (Q0,Q1,D0,D1,Q2,Q3,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CGD24_2 (Q2,Q3,D2,D3,Q0,Q1,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);

Gray Code Pattern: Refer to CGU14.

Counting Range: 15-0.

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CGD24 * 1.5 4 1

Input Output

PS CS LD D EN CLK Q

1 x x x x ↑ 10 1 x x x ↑ 00 0 1 d x ↑ d0 0 0 x 0 ↑ Q0 0 0 x 1 ↑ count down

CS

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

EN

LD

PS

CGD24

Macro Library Reference Manual 281

Page 282: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI0

QI[0:3]

QI1

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI1QI0

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI2

QD

FD11

LOAD0LD

D0

EN

HOLD1

D1

LOAD1

PS

QD

FD11

CS

HOLD0

CLK

CGD24.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 282

Page 283: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI2

QD

FD11

HOLD3

LOAD3

LD

D3

EN

QD

FD11

HOLD2

D2

LOAD2

PS

CS

CLK

QI1

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI2

QI2 QI[0:3]

QI2

QI3

QI3

CGD24.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 283

Page 284: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CGU14

Function: 4-bit gray code up counter with asynchronous clear,synchronous preset, enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CGU14 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 7 PT Q1: 6 PTQ2: 6 PT Q3: 6 PT

Gray Code Pattern:

Note that codes for two successive numbers differ by one bit.

Macro Port Definition:

CGU14 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CGU14_1 (Q0,Q1,D0,D1,Q2,Q3,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);CGU14_2 (Q2,Q3,D2,D3,Q0,Q1,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CGU14 * 1.5 4 1 CD

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

EN

LD

PS

CGU14

Macro Library Reference Manual 284

Page 285: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Counting Range: 0-15.

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

CD PS LD D EN CLK Q

1 x x x x x 00 1 x x x ↑ 10 0 1 d x ↑ d0 0 0 x 0 ↑ Q0 0 0 x 1 ↑ count up

Gray Code Pattern

0 0 0 0 0 8 1 1 0 01 0 0 0 1 9 1 1 0 12 0 0 1 1 10 1 1 1 13 0 0 1 0 11 1 1 1 04 0 1 1 0 12 1 0 1 05 0 1 1 1 13 1 0 1 16 0 1 0 1 14 1 0 0 17 0 1 0 0 15 1 0 0 0

Macro Library Reference Manual 285

Page 286: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI[0:3]QI0

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

QI3

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI2

HOLD0

LOAD0

LOAD1

HOLD1

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LD

D0

EN

D1

PS

CD

CLK

CGU14.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 286

Page 287: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI[0:3]

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI3

QI3

CLK

HOLD3

CD

PS

LD

EN

QI[0:3]

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI2

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI1

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

D3

D2

LOAD3

LOAD2

HOLD2

CGU14.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 287

Page 288: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CGU24

Function: 4-bit gray code up counter with synchronous clear,synchronous preset, enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CGU24 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.Q0: 7 PT Q1: 6 PTQ2: 6 PT Q3: 6 PT

Macro Port Definition:

CGU24 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CGU24_1 (Q0,Q1,D0,D1,Q2,Q3,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);CGU24_2 (Q2,Q3,D2,D3,Q0,Q1,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);

Gray Code Pattern: Refer to CGU14.

Counting Range: 0-15.

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CGU24 * 1.5 4 1

Input Output

PS CS LD D EN CLK Q

1 x x x x ↑ 10 1 x x x ↑ 00 0 1 d x ↑ d0 0 0 x 0 ↑ Q0 0 0 x 1 ↑ count up

CS

Q0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

EN

LD

PS

CGU24

Macro Library Reference Manual 288

Page 289: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI3

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI0

CLK

HOLD0

CS

QD

FD11

PS

LOAD1

D1

HOLD1

EN

D0

LD LOAD0

QD

FD11

CGU24.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 289

Page 290: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI[0:3]

CLK

CS

PS

QI3

QI2

QI[0:3]QI2

QI2

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI1

LOAD2

D2

HOLD2

QD

FD11

EN

D3

LD

LOAD3

HOLD3

QD

FD11

CGU24.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 290

Page 291: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CGUD4

Function: 4-bit gray code up/down counter with asynchronousclear, synchronous clear and preset, enable, and parallel data load.

Availability: CGUD4 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* CLK: 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.CD: 1 PT per GLB.Q0: 11 PT Q1: 8 PTQ2: 7 PT Q3: 7 PT

Macro Port Definition:

CGUD4 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CGUD4_1 (Q0,Q1,D0,D1,Q2,Q3,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);CGUD4_2 (Q2,Q3,D2,D3,Q0,Q1,CLK,PS,LD,EN,DNUP,CD,CS);

Gray Code Pattern: Refer to CGU14.

Counting Range: 0↔15.

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q = output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

CGUD4 * 1.75 4 1

Input Output

CD PS CS LD D DNUP EN CLK Q

1 x x x x x x x 00 1 x x x x x ↑ 10 0 1 x x x x ↑ 00 0 0 1 d x x ↑ d0 0 0 0 x x 0 ↑ Q0 0 0 0 x 1 1 ↑ count down0 0 0 0 x 0 1 ↑ count up

DN/UP

PSQ0D0

Q1D1

Q2D2

Q3D3

CS

EN

LD

CD

CGUD4

Macro Library Reference Manual 291

Page 292: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI0

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI[0:3]QI0

QI1

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI1

QI3

QI0

QI1

QI2

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

QI[0:3]

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI1

QI2

QI3

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

CD

CD

QD

FD21

PS

EN

D0

LD LOAD0

CS

DNUP

HOLD0

CLK

CGUD4.1

Macro Library Reference Manual 292

Page 293: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI0

QI1

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI0

QI3

QI1

QI[0:3]

CD

QD

FD21

D1

LOAD1

HOLD1

QI2

QI3

QI[0:3]

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI1

DNUP

CS

PS

LD

EN

CD

CLK

CGUD4.2

Macro Library Reference Manual 293

Page 294: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

QI1

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI0

QI0

QI3

QI2

QI[0:3]

QI1

QI0

QI3

CD

QD

FD21

CD

QD

FD21

LOAD2

HOLD2

HOLD3

LOAD3

QI1

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI3

QI2

QI2

QI3

QI1

QI2

QI0

QI2

QI1

QI[0:3]

QI2

QI0

EN

D2

D3

LD

LD

CS

PS

DNUPCLK

CD

CGUD4.3

Macro Library Reference Manual 294

Page 295: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

I/O Pins

This chapter contains information on the following macros:

■ Bidirectional Pins

■ Input Pins

■ Output Pins

Macro Library Reference Manual 295

Page 296: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Bidirectional Pins

BI11, BI14, and BI18

Function:

BI11: 1-bit bidirect pin.BI14: Four BI11s with common Output Enable.BI18: Eight BI11s with common Output Enable.

Availability: BI11 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BI14 and BI18 arefor ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BI11 (Z0,XB0,A0,OE);BI14 ([Z0..Z3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],OE);BI18 ([Z0..Z7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, x = don’t care,X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 XB0~XBn-1 Z0~Zn-1

0 x d - d0 x Z - X1 d Z d d

BI11

BI14

BI18

A

Z

XB

OE

XB0XB1XB2

Z0Z1Z2

OE

A0

A3A2A1

Z3

XB3

Z6

XB3XB2XB1XB0

Z2Z1Z0

A5

A7XB4XB5XB6

Z5

OE

A0

A3A2A1

Z7

XB7

A4

A6

Z3Z4

Macro Library Reference Manual 296

Page 297: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BI21, BI24, and BI28

Function:

BI21: 1-bit bidirect pin with inverted output.BI24: Four BI21s with common Output Enable.BI28: Eight BI21s with common Output Enable.

Availability: BI21 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BI24 and BI28 arefor ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BI21 (Z0,XB0,A0,OE);BI24 ([Z0..Z3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],OE);BI28 ([Z0..Z7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,d = inverse of d, x = don’t care, X = X (unknown) state,Z = high impedance state, - = appears in output column ifa bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 XB0~XBn-1 Z0~Zn-1

0 x d - d0 x Z - X1 d Z d d

BI21

BI24

BI28

A

Z

XB

OE

XB0XB1XB2

Z0Z1Z2

OE

A0

A3A2A1

Z3

XB3

Z6

XB3XB2XB1XB0

Z2Z1Z0

A5

A7XB4XB5XB6

Z5

OE

A0

A3A2A1

Z7

XB7

A4

A6

Z3Z4

Macro Library Reference Manual 297

Page 298: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BI31, BI34, and BI38

Function:

BI31: 1-bit bidirect pin with active low Output Enable.BI34: Four BI31s with common Output Enable.BI38: Eight BI31s with common Output Enable.

Availability: BI31 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BI34 and BI38 arefor ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BI31 (Z0,XB0,A0,OE);BI34 ([Z0..Z3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],OE);BI38 ([Z0..Z7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=0.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,x = don’t care, X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 XB0~XBn-1 Z0~Zn-1

0 d Z d d1 x d - d1 x Z - X

BI31

BI34

BI38

A

ZXB

OE

XB0XB1XB2

Z0Z1Z2

OE

A0

A3A2A1

Z3

XB3

Z6

XB3XB2XB1XB0

Z2Z1Z0

A5

A7XB4XB5XB6

Z5

OE

A0

A3A2A1

Z7

XB7

A4

A6

Z3Z4

Macro Library Reference Manual 298

Page 299: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BI41, BI44, and BI48

Function:

BI41: 1-bit bidirect pin with inverted output and active lowOutput Enable.

BI44: Four BI41s with common Output Enable.BI48: Eight BI41s with common Output Enable.

Availability: BI41 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BI44 and BI48 arefor ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BI41 (Z0,XB0,A0,OE);BI44 ([Z0..Z3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],OE);BI48 ([Z0..Z7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=0.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,d = inverse of d, x = don’t care, X = X (unknown) state,Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 XB0~XBn-1 Z0~Zn-1

0 d Z d d

1 x d - d1 x Z - X

BI41

BI44

BI48

A

ZXB

OE

XB0XB1XB2

Z0Z1Z2

OE

A0

A3A2A1

Z3

XB3

Z6

XB3XB2XB1XB0

Z2Z1Z0

A5

A7XB4XB5XB6

Z5

OE

A0

A3A2A1

Z7

XB7

A4

A6

Z3Z4

Macro Library Reference Manual 299

Page 300: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIID11, BIID14, and BIID18

Function:

BIID11: 1-bit bidirect pin with registered input.BIID14: Four BIID11s with common clock and Output

Enable.BIID18: Eight BIID11s with common clock and Output

Enable.

Availability: BIID11 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIID14 andBIID18 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIID11 (Q0,XB0,A0,CLK,OE);BIID14 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],CLK,OE);BIID18 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],CLK,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 CLK XB0~XB n-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 x d ↑ - d0 x Z ↑ - X1 d Z ↑ d d0 x x 0 - Q’0 x x 1 - Q’1 d Z 0 d Q’1 d Z 1 d Q’

BIID11

BIID14

BIID18

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

Macro Library Reference Manual 300

Page 301: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIID21, BIID24, and BIID28

Function:

BIID21: 1-bit bidirect pin with registered input and invertedoutput.

BIID24: Four BIID21s with common clock and OutputEnable.

BIID28: Eight BIID21s with common clock and OutputEnable.

Availability: BIID21 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIID24 andBIID28 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIID21 (Q0,XB0,A0,CLK,OE);BIID24 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],CLK,OE);BIID28 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],CLK,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 CLK XB0~XB n-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 x d ↑ - d0 x Z ↑ - X1 d Z ↑ d d

0 x x 0 - Q’0 x x 1 - Q’1 d Z 0 d Q’1 d Z 1 d Q’

BIID11

BIID14

BIID18

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

Macro Library Reference Manual 301

Page 302: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIID31, BIID34, and BIID38

Function:

BIID31: 1-bit bidirect pin with registered input and activelow enable.

BIID34: Four BIID31s with common clock and OutputEnable.

BIID38: Eight BIID31s with common clock and OutputEnable.

Availability: BIID31 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIID34 andBIID38 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIID31 (Q0,XB0,A0,CLK,OE);BIID34 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],CLK,OE);BIID38 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],CLK,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin,↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 CLK XB0~XB n-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 d Z ↑ d d1 x d ↑ - d1 x Z ↑ - X0 d Z 0 d Q’0 d Z 1 d Q’1 x x 0 - Q’1 x x 1 - Q’

BIID31

BIID34

BIID38

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

Macro Library Reference Manual 302

Page 303: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIID41, BIID44, and BIID48

Function:

BIID41: 1-bit bidirect pin with registered input, invertedoutput, and active low enable.

BIID44: Four BIID41s with common clock and OutputEnable.

BIID48: Eight BIID41s with common clock and OutputEnable.

Availability: BIID41 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIID44 andBIID48 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIID41 (Q0,XB0,A0,CLK,OE);BIID44 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],CLK,OE);BIID48 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],CLK,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, d = inverse of d,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care, X = X (unknown) state,Z = high impedance state, ↑ = rising clock edge - = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 CLK XB0~XB n-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 d Z ↑ d d

1 x d ↑ - d1 x Z ↑ - X0 d Z 0 d Q’0 d Z 1 d Q’1 x x 0 - Q’1 x x 1 - Q’

BIID41

BIID44

BIID48

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

Macro Library Reference Manual 303

Page 304: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIID51, BIID54, and BIID58

Function:

BIID51: 1-bit bidirect pin with registered input and invertedclock.

BIID54: Four BIID51s with common clock and OutputEnable.

BIID58: Eight BIID51s with common clock and OutputEnable.

Availability: BIID51 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIID54 andBIID58 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIID51 (Q0,XB0,A0,CLK,OE);BIID54 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],CLK,OE);BIID58 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],CLK,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin,↓ = falling clock edge.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 CLK XB0~XB n-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 x d ↓ - d0 x Z ↓ - X1 d Z ↓ d d0 x x 0 - Q’0 x x 1 - Q’1 d Z 0 d Q’1 d Z 1 d Q’

BIID51

BIID54

BIID58

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0

XB1A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1

XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4

XB5

A3

A2A1

Q6

XB6

XB7

A5

A7

Macro Library Reference Manual 304

Page 305: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIID61, BIID64, and BIID68

Function:

BIID61: 1-bit bidirect pin with registered input, invertedoutput, and inverted clock.

BIID64: Four BIID61s with common clock and OutputEnable.

BIID68: Eight BIID61s with common clock and OutputEnable.

Availability: BIID61 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIID64 andBIID68 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIID61 (Q0,XB0,A0,CLK,OE);BIID64 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],CLK,OE);BIID68 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],CLK,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin,↓ = falling clock edge.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 CLK XB0~XB n-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 x d ↓ - d0 x Z ↓ - X1 d Z ↓ d d

0 x x 0 - Q’0 x x 1 - Q’1 d Z 0 d Q’1 d Z 1 d Q’

BIID61

BIID64

BIID68

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

Macro Library Reference Manual 305

Page 306: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIID71, BIID74, and BIID78

Function:

BIID71: 1-bit bidirect pin with registered input, active lowenable, and inverted clock.

BIID74: Four BIID71s with common clock and OutputEnable.

BIID78: Eight BIID71s with common clock and OutputEnable.

Availability: BIID71 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIID74 andBIID78 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIID71 (Q0,XB0,A0,CLK,OE);BIID74 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],CLK,OE);BIID78 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],CLK,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin,↓ = falling clock edge.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 CLK XB0~XB n-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 d Z ↓ d d1 x d ↓ - d1 x Z ↓ - X0 d Z 0 d Q’0 d Z 1 d Q’1 x x 0 - Q’1 x x 1 - Q’

BIID71

BIID74

BIID78

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0

XB1A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1

XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4

XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6

XB7

A5

A7

Macro Library Reference Manual 306

Page 307: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIID81, BIID84, and BIID88

Function:

BIID81: 1-bit bidirect pin with registered input, invertedoutput, active low enable, and inverted clock.

BIID84: Four BIID81s with common clock and OutputEnable.

BIID88: Eight BIID81s with common clock and OutputEnable.

Availability: BIID81 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIID84 andBIID88 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIID81 (Q0,XB0,A0,CLK,OE);BIID84 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],CLK,OE);BIID88 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],CLK,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, d = inverse of d,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state, ↓ = falling clock edge.,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 CLK XB0~XB n-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 d Z ↓ d d

1 x d ↓ - d1 x Z ↓ - X0 d Z 0 d Q’0 d Z 1 d Q’1 x x 0 - Q’1 x x 1 - Q’

D

A

Q

XB

OEBIID81

BIID84

BIID88

XB3

Q3

Q1

Q0

XB0

XB1A3

A2

A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2

XB1

XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0

Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5

Q4

XB4

XB5

A3

A2

A1

Q6

XB6

XB7

A5

A7

Macro Library Reference Manual 307

Page 308: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIIL11, BIIL14, and BIIL18

Function:

BIIL11: 1-bit bidirect pin with latched input.BIIL14: Four BIIL11s with common G and Output Enable.BIIL18: Eight BIIL11s with common G and Output Enable.

Availability: BIIL11 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIIL14 andBIIL18 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIIL11 (Q0,XB0,A0,G,OE);BIIL14 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],G,OE);BIIL18 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],G,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, d = inverse of d,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care, X = X (unknown) state,Z = high impedance state, - = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin actsas an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 G XB0~XBn-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 x x 0 - Q’1 d Z 0 d Q’0 x d 1 - d0 x Z 1 - x1 d Z 1 d d

BIIL11

BIIL14

BIIL18

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 308

Page 309: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIIL21, BIIL24, and BIIL28

Function:

BIIL21: 1-bit bidirect pin with latched input and invertedoutput.

BIIL24: Four BIIL21s with common G and Output Enable.BIIL28: Eight BIIL21s with common G and Output Enable.

Availability: BIIL21 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIIL24 andBIIL28 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIIL21 (Q0,XB0,A0,G,OE);BIIL24 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],G,OE);BIIL28 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],G,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, d = inverse of d,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 G XB0~XBn-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 x x 0 - Q’1 d Z 0 d Q’0 x d 1 - d0 x Z 1 - x1 d Z 1 d d

BIIL21

BIIL24

BIIL28

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1

Q0

XB0

XB1A3

A2

A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2

XB1

XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0

Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5

Q4

XB4

XB5

A3

A2

A1

Q6

XB6

XB7

A5

A7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 309

Page 310: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIIL31, BIIL34, and BIIL38

Function:

BIIL31: 1-bit bidirect pin with latched input and active lowenable.

BIIL34: Four BIIL31s with common G and Output Enable.BIIL38: Eight BIIL31s with common G and Output Enable.

Availability: BIIL31 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIIL34 andBIIL38 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIIL31 (Q0,XB0,A0,G,OE);BIIL34 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],G,OE);BIIL38 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],G,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=0.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 G XB0~XBn-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 d Z 0 d Q’1 x x 0 - Q’0 d Z 1 d d1 x d 1 - d1 x Z 1 - X

BIIL31

BIIL34

BIIL38

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 310

Page 311: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIIL41, BIIL44, and BIIL48

Function:

BIIL41: 1-bit bidirect pin with latched input, inverted output,and active low enable.

BIIL44: Four BIIL41s with common G and Output Enable.BIIL48: Eight BIIL41s with common G and Output Enable.

Availability: BIIL41 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIIL44 andBIIL48 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIIL41 (Q0,XB0,A0,G,OE);BIIL44 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],G,OE);BIIL48 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],G,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=0.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, d = inverse of d,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = X (unknown) state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 G XB0~XBn-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 d Z 0 d Q’1 x x 0 - Q’0 d Z 1 d d1 x d 1 - d1 x Z 1 - X

BIIL41

BIIL44

BIIL48

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 311

Page 312: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIIL51, BIIL54, and BIIL58

Function:

BIIL51: 1-bit bidirect pin with latched input and inverted G.BIIL54: Four BIIL51s with common G and Output Enable.BIIL58: Eight BIIL51s with common G and Output Enable.

Availability: BIIL51 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIIL54 andBIIL58 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIIL51 (Q0,XB0,A0,G,OE);BIIL54 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],G,OE);BIIL58 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],G,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = unknown state, Z = high impedance state, - = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 G XB0~XBn-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 x d 0 - d0 x Z 0 - X1 d Z 0 d d0 x x 1 - Q’1 d Z 1 d Q’

BIIL51

BIIL54

BIIL58

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 312

Page 313: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIIL61, BIIL64, and BIIL68

Function:

BIIL61: 1-bit bidirect pin with latched input, inverted output,and inverted G.

BIIL64: Four BIIL61s with common G and Output Enable.BIIL68: Eight BIIL61s with common G and Output Enable.

Availability: BIIL61 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIIL64 andBIIL68 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIIL61 (Q0,XB0,A0,G,OE);BIIL64 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],G,OE);BIIL68 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],G,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=1.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, d = inverse of d,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = unknown state, Z = high impedance state,- = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 G XB0~XBn-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 x d 0 - d0 x Z 0 - X1 d Z 0 d d

0 x x 1 - Q’1 d Z 1 d Q’

BIIL61

BIIL64

BIIL68

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 313

Page 314: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIIL71, BIIL74, and BIIL78

Function:

BIIL71: 1-bit bidirect pin with latched input, active lowenable, and inverted G.

BIIL74: Four BIIL71s with common G and Output Enable.BIIL78: Eight BIIL71s with common G and Output Enable.

Availability: BIIL71 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIIL74 andBIIL78 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIIL71 (Q0,XB0,A0,G,OE);BIIL74 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],G,OE);BIIL78 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],G,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=0.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = unknown state, Z = high impedance state, - = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 G XB0~XBn-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 d Z 0 d d1 x d 0 - d1 x Z 0 - X0 d Z 1 d Q’1 x x 1 - Q’

BIIL71

BIIL74

BIIL78

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 314

Page 315: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BIIL81, BIIL84, and BIIL88

Function:

BIIL81: 1-bit bidirect pin with latched input, inverted output,active low enable, and inverted G.

BIIL84: Four BIIL81s with common G and Output Enable.BIIL88: Eight BIIL81s with common G and Output Enable.

Availability: BIIL81 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. BIIL84 andBIIL88 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

BIIL81 (Q0,XB0,A0,G,OE);BIIL84 ([Q0..Q3],[XB0..XB3],[A0..A3],G,OE);BIIL88 ([Q0..Q7],[XB0..XB7],[A0..A7],G,OE);

Truth Table:

Do not drive XB0~XBn-1 when OE=0.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs, d = inverse of d,Q’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,X = unknown state, Z = high impedance state, - = appears in output column if a bidirectional pin acts as an input pin.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XB0~XBn-1 G XB0~XBn-1 Q0~Qn-1

0 d Z 0 d d

1 x d 0 - d1 x Z 0 - X0 d Z 1 d Q’1 x x 1 - Q’

BIIL81

BIIL84

BIIL88

D

A

Q

XB

OE

XB3

Q3

Q1Q0

XB0XB1

A3A2A1

OE

A0

Q2

XB2

OE

A0

XB2XB1XB0

XB3

Q2

Q0Q1

Q3

A4

A6

Q7

Q5Q4

XB4XB5

A3A2A1

Q6

XB6XB7

A5

A7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 315

Page 316: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Input Pins

IB11

Function: 1-bit input pin.

Availability: IB11 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Macro Port Definition:

IB11(Z0,XI0);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,XI0 = external input pin, Z0 = output.

Input Output

XI0 Z0

d d

XI Z

IB11

Macro Library Reference Manual 316

Page 317: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

ID11, ID14, and ID18

Function:

ID11: 1-bit registered input pin.ID14: Four ID11s with common clock.ID18: Eight ID11s with common clock.

Availability: ID11 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. ID14 and ID18 arefor ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

ID11 (Q0,XI0,CLK);ID14 ([Q0..Q3],[XI0..XI3],CLK);ID18 ([Q0..Q7],[XI0..XI7],CLK);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input Output

XI0~XIn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

d ↑ dx 0 Q0’~Qn’x 1 Q0’~Qn’

DXI Q

ID11

ID14

ID18

D

D

D

D

XI0

XI1

XI2

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3XI3

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3XI3

XI2

XI1

XI0

XI4

XI5

XI6

XI7 Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Macro Library Reference Manual 317

Page 318: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

ID21, ID24, and ID28

Function:

ID21: 1-bit registered input pin with inverted clock.ID24: Four ID21s with common clock.ID28: Eight ID21s with common clock.

Availability: ID21 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. ID24 and ID28 arefor ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

ID21 (Q0,XI0,CLK);ID24 ([Q0..Q3],[XI0..XI3],CLK);ID28 ([Q0..Q7],[XI0..XI7],CLK);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↓ = falling clock edge.

Input Output

XI0~XIn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

d ↓ dx 0 Q0’~Qn’x 1 Q0’~Qn’

DXI Q

ID21

ID24

ID28

D

D

D

D

XI0

XI1

XI2

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3XI3

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3XI3

XI2

XI1

XI0

XI4

XI5

XI6

XI7 Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Macro Library Reference Manual 318

Page 319: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

IL11, IL14, and IL18

Function:

IL11: 1-bit input pin with D latch on input.IL14: Four IL11s with common G.IL18: Eight IL11s with common G.

Availability: IL11 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. IL14 and IL18 arefor ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

IL11 (Q0,XI0,G);IL14 ([Q0..Q3],[XI0..XI3],G);IL18 ([Q0..Q7],[XI0..XI7],G);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,G = gate for latch, x = don’t care,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch.

Input Output

XI0~XIn-1 G Q0~Qn-1

x 0 Q0’~Qn’d 1 d

DXI Q

IL11

IL14

IL18

D

D

D

D

XI0

XI1

XI2

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3XI3

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3XI3

XI2

XI1

XI0

XI4

XI5

XI6

XI7 Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 319

Page 320: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

IL21, IL24, and IL28

Function:

IL21: 1-bit input pin with D latch on input, inverted enable.IL24: Four IL21s with common G.IL28: Eight IL21s with common G.

Availability: IL21 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. IL24 and IL28 arefor ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

IL21 (Q0,XI0,G);IL24 ([Q0..Q3],[XI0..XI3],G);IL28 ([Q0..Q7],[XI0..XI7],G);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care.

Input Output

XI0~XIn-1 G Q0~Qn-1

d 0 dx 1 Q0’~Qn’

DXI Q

IL21

IL24

IL28

D

D

D

D

XI0

XI1

XI2

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3XI3

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3XI3

XI2

XI1

XI0

XI4

XI5

XI6

XI7 Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 320

Page 321: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Output Pins

OB11

Function: 1-bit output pin.

Availability: OB11 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Macro Port Definition:

OB11 (XO0,A0);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs

Input Output

A0 XO0

d d

A XO

OB11

Macro Library Reference Manual 321

Page 322: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

OB21, OB24, and OB28

Function:

OB21: 1-bit inverting output pin.OB24: Four OB21s.OB28: Eight OB21s.

Availability: OB21 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. OB24 and OB28are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

OB21 (XO0,A0);OB24 ([XO0..XO3],[A0..A3]);OB28 ([XO0..XO7],[A0..A7]);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,d = inverse of d.

Input Output

A0~An-1 XO0~XOn-1

d d

A XO

OB21

XO0A0

XO1A1

XO2A2

A3XO3

OB24

XO0

XO1

XO2

XO3A3

A2

A1

A0

A4

A5

A6

A7XO7

XO6

XO5

XO4

OB28

Macro Library Reference Manual 322

Page 323: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

OT11, OT14, and OT18

Function:

OT11: 1-bit 3-state output pin.OT14: Four OT11s with common Output Enable.OT18: Eight OT11s with common Output Enable.

Availability: OT11 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. OT14 and OT18are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

OT11 (XO0,A0,OE);OT14 ([XO0..XO3],[A0..A3],OE);OT18 ([XO0..XO7],[A0..A7],OE);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,x = don’t care, Z = high impedance state.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XO0~XOn-1

0 x Z1 d d

OT11

XOA

OE

XO3A3

XO2A2

XO1A1

OE

A0 XO0

OT14

XO3A3

XO2A2

XO1A1

A0 XO0

XO4A4

A5 XO5

A6 XO6

A7 XO7

OE

OT18

Macro Library Reference Manual 323

Page 324: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

OT21, OT24, and OT28

Function:

OT21: 1-bit inverting 3-state output pin.OT24: Four OT21s with common Output Enable.OT28: Eight OT21s with common Output Enable.

Availability: OT21 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. OT24 and OT28are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

OT21 (XO0,A0,OE);OT24 ([XO0..XO3],[A0..A3],OE);OT28 ([XO0..XO7],[A0..A7],OE);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,d = inverse of d, x = don’t care, Z = high impedance state.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XO0~XOn-1

0 x Z1 d d

XO3A3

XO2A2

XO1A1

OE

A0 XO0

OT21

XOA

OE

OT24

XO3A3

XO2A2

XO1A1

A0 XO0

XO4A4

A5 XO5

A6 XO6

A7 XO7

OE

OT28

Macro Library Reference Manual 324

Page 325: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

OT31, OT34, and OT38

Function:

OT31: 1-bit 3-state output pin with active low enable.OT34: Four OT31s with common Output Enable.OT38: Eight OT31s with common Output Enable.

Availability: OT31 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. OT34 and OT38are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

OT31 (XO0,A0,OE);OT34 ([XO0..XO3],[A0..A3],OE);OT38 ([XO0..XO7],[A0..A7],OE);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,x = don’t care, Z = high impedance state.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XO0~XOn-1

0 d d1 x Z

OT31

XOA

OE

XO3A3

XO2A2

XO1A1

OE

A0 XO0

OT34

XO3A3

XO2A2

XO1A1

A0 XO0

XO4A4

A5 XO5

A6 XO6

A7 XO7

OE

OT38

Macro Library Reference Manual 325

Page 326: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

OT41, OT44, and OT48

Function:

OT41: 1-bit inverting 3-state output pin with active low enable.OT44: Four OT41s with common Output Enable.OT48: Eight OT41s with common Output Enable.

Availability: OT41 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. OT44 and OT48are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Boolean Equation:

OT41 (XO0,A0,OE);OT44 ([XO0..XO3],[A0..A3],OE);OT48 ([XO0..XO7],[A0..A7],OE);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,d = inverse of d, x = don’t care, Z = high impedance state.

Input Output

OE A0~An-1 XO0~XOn-1

0 d d

1 x Z

XO3A3

XO2A2

XO1A1

OE

A0 XO0

OT41

XOA

OE

OT44

XO3A3

XO2A2

XO1A1

A0 XO0

XO4A4

A5 XO5

A6 XO6

A7 XO7

OE

OT48

Macro Library Reference Manual 326

Page 327: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Logic Gates

This chapter contains information on logic gate macros.

Macro Library Reference Manual 327

Page 328: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Logic Gates

AND2 Through AND18

Function: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18input AND gates.

Availability : AND2, AND3, AND4, AND5, AND6, AND7, AND8,AND9, AND10, AND 11, AND12, and AND16 are for pDS, ispDSand ispDS+. AND 13, AND 14, AND 15, AND 17, and AND 18 arefor ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Logic Primitive

Boolean Equation:

AND2 (Z0,A0,A1);AND3 (Z0,[A0..A2]);AND4 (Z0,[A0..A3]);...AND18 (Z0,[A0..A17]);

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all ANDs.

Input Output

All inputs high HighOne or more inputs low Low

AND2

AND3

AND18

. . .

Macro Library Reference Manual 328

Page 329: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

BUF and INV

Function:

BUF: single input buffer.INV: single input inverter.

Availability: BUF and INV are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Logic Primitive

Macro Port Definition:

BUF (Z0,A0);INV (ZN0,A0);

Truth Tables:

For BUF:

For INV:

Input Output

High HighLow Low

Input Output

High LowLow High

BUF

INV

Macro Library Reference Manual 329

Page 330: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

NAND2 Through NAND12 & NAND16

Function: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 16 input NANDgates.

Availability: NAND2, NAND3, NAND4, NAND5, NAND6,NAND7, NAND8, NAND9, NAND10, NAND11, NAND12, andNAND16 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Logic Primitive

Macro Port Definition:

NAND2 (ZN0,A0,A1);NAND3 (ZN0,[A0..A2]);NAND4 (ZN0,[A0..A3]);...NAND12 (ZN0,[A0..A11]);NAND16 (ZN0,[A0..A15]);

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all NANDs.

Input Output

All inputs high LowOne or more inputs low High

NAND2

NAND3

. . .

NAND16

Macro Library Reference Manual 330

Page 331: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

NOR2 Through NOR12 & NOR16

Function: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 16 input NOR gates.

Availability: NOR2, NOR3, NOR4, NOR5, NOR6, NOR7,NOR8, NOR9, NOR10, NOR11, NOR12, and NOR16 are forpDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Logic Primitive

Macro Port Definition:

NOR2 (ZN0,A0,A1);NOR3 (ZN0,[A0..A2]);NOR4 (ZN0,[A0..A3]);...NOR12 (ZN0,[A0..A11]);NOR16 (ZN0,[A0..A15]);

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all NORs.

Input Output

All inputs low HighOne or more inputs high Low

NOR2

NOR3

NOR16

. . .

Macro Library Reference Manual 331

Page 332: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

OR2 Through OR12 and OR16

Function: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 16 input OR gates.

Availability: OR2, OR3, OR4, OR5, OR6, OR7, OR8, OR9,OR10, OR11, OR12, and OR16 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Logic Primitive

Macro Port Definition:

OR2 (Z0,A0,A1);OR3 (Z0,[A0..A2]);OR4 (Z0,[A0..A3]);...OR12 (Z0,[A0..A11]);OR16 (Z0,[A0..A15]);

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all ORs.

Input Output

All inputs low LowOne or more inputs high High

OR2

OR3

OR16

. . .

Macro Library Reference Manual 332

Page 333: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

XNOR2, XNOR3, XNOR4, XNOR7, XNOR8,and XNOR9

Function: 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, and 9 input XNOR gates.

Availability: XNOR2, NOR3, NOR4, XNOR7, XNOR8, andXNOR9, are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Logic Primitive: XNOR2, XNOR3, XNOR4.Soft: XNOR9.Hard: XNOR7, XNOR8.

Logic Resources – pDS:

* ZN0: 2 PT B0: 16 PT

Macro Port Definition:

XNOR2 (ZN0,A0,A1);XNOR3 (ZN0,[A0..A2]);XNOR4 (ZN0,[A0..A3]);XNOR7 (ZN0,[A0..A6]);XNOR8 (ZN0,[A0..A7]);XNOR9 (ZN0,[A0..A8]);

XNOR9_1 (B0,[A0..A7]);XNOR9_2 (ZN0,B0,A8);

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all XNORs.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

XNOR2 2 .25 1 1XNOR3 4 .25 1 1XNOR4 8 .5 1 1XNOR7 12 0.75 1 1XNOR8 16 1 1 1XNOR9 * 1.25 2 2

Input Output

All inputs low HighOdd number of inputs high LowEven number of inputs high High

XNOR2

XNOR3

XNOR4

XNOR8

XNOR9

XNOR7

Macro Library Reference Manual 333

Page 334: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

XOR2, LXOR2, XOR3, XOR4, XOR8, and XOR9

Function: 2, 3, 4, 8, and 9 input XOR gates.

Availability: LXOR2 is for ispDS and ispDS+. XOR2, XOR3,XOR4, XOR8, and XOR9, are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type:

Logic Primitive: XOR2, XOR3, XOR4.Soft: XOR9.Hard: XOR8.Physical (in the silicon):LXOR2.

LXOR2 specifies the use of the physical XOR2 gate in the GLB. It isequivalent to $$ notation in pDS. See the Lattice SemiconductorData Book for more information.

Logic Resources:

* Z0: 2 PT B0: 16 PTLXOR2: depends on usage.

Boolean Equation:

XOR2 (Z0,A0,A1);LXOR2 (Z0,A0,A1);XOR3 (Z0,[A0..A2]);XOR4 (Z0,[A0..A3]);XOR8 (Z0,[A0..A7]);XOR9 (Z0,[A0..A8]);

XOR9_1 (B0,[A0..A7]);XOR9_2 ([Z0,B0,A8);

Truth Table:

The truth table is the same for all XNORs.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

XOR2 2 .25 1 1XOR3 4 .25 1 1XOR4 8 .5 1 1XOR8 16 1 1 1XOR9 * 1.25 2 2

Input Output

All inputs low HighOdd number of inputs high LowEven number of inputs high High

XOR2

XOR3

XOR4

XOR8

XOR9

LXOR2

LX2

Macro Library Reference Manual 334

Page 335: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX/DMUX

This chapter contains information on the following macros:

■ Multiplexers

■ Demultiplexers

Macro Library Reference Manual 335

Page 336: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Multiplexers

MUX2 and MUX2E

Function:

MUX2: 1 of 2 input mux.MUX2E: 1 of 2 input mux with enable.

Availability: MUX2 and MUX2E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX2 (Z0,A0,A1,S0);MUX2E (Z0,A0,A1,EN,S0);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX2E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MUX2 2 .25 1 1MUX2E 2 .25 1 1

Input Output

EN S0 Z0

1 0 A01 1 A10 x 0

Z0

S0

A1

A0

Z0

S0

EN

A1

A0

MUX2

MUX2E

Macro Library Reference Manual 336

Page 337: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX4 and MUX4E

Function:

MUX4: 1 of 4 input mux.MUX4E: 1 of 4 input mux with enable.

Availability: MUX4 and MUX4E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX4 (Z0,[A0..A3],S0,S1);MUX4E (Z0,[A0..A3],EN,S0,S1);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX4E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLBs Outputs Levels

MUX4 4 .25 1 1MUX4E 4 .25 1 1

Input Output

EN S1 S0 Z0

1 0 0 A01 0 1 A11 1 0 A21 1 1 A30 x x 0

Z0

EN

S1

S0

A3

A2

A1

A0

MUX4

MUX4E

Z0

S1

S0

A3

A2

A1

A0

Macro Library Reference Manual 337

Page 338: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX8 and MUX8E

Function:

MUX8: 1 of 8 input mux.MUX8E: 1 of 8 input mux with enable.

Availability: MUX8 and MUX8E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX8 (Z0,[A0..A7],[S0..S2]);MUX8E (Z0,[A0..A7],EN,[S0..S2]);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX8E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MUX8 8 .5 1 1MUX8E 8 .5 1 1

Input Output

EN S2 S1 S0 Z0

1 0 0 0 A01 0 0 1 A11 0 1 0 A21 0 1 1 A31 1 0 0 A41 1 0 1 A51 1 1 0 A61 1 1 1 A70 x x x 0

MUX8

MUX8E

Z0

S0

S2

S1

EN

A7

A6

A5A4

A3

A2

A1A0

Z0

S0

S2

S1

A7

A6

A5A4

A3

A2

A1A0

Macro Library Reference Manual 338

Page 339: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX16 and MUX16E

Function:

MUX16: One of 16 input mux for 3K device only.MUX16E: One of 16 input mux with enable for 3K device only.

Availability: MUX16 and MUX16E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX16 (Z0,[A0..A15],[S0..S3]);MUX16E (Z0,[A0..A15],EN,[S0..S3]);

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MUX16 16 1 1 1MUX16E 16 1 1 1

MUX16 MUX16E

A5

A1

A0

A3

A2

A4

Z0

A7

A6

A13

A9

A8

A11

A10

A12

A15

A14

S1

S0

S3

S2

A5

A1

A0

A3

A2

A4

Z0

A7

A6

A13

A9

A8

A11

A10

A12

A15

A14

S1

S0

S3

S2

EN

Macro Library Reference Manual 339

Page 340: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX16E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Input Output

EN S3 S2 S1 S0 Z0

1 0 0 0 0 A01 0 0 0 1 A11 0 0 1 0 A21 0 0 1 1 A31 0 1 0 0 A41 0 1 0 1 A51 0 1 1 0 A61 0 1 1 1 A71 1 0 0 0 A81 1 0 0 1 A91 1 0 1 0 A101 1 0 1 1 A111 1 1 0 0 A121 1 1 0 1 A131 1 1 1 0 A141 1 1 1 1 A150 x x x x 0

Macro Library Reference Manual 340

Page 341: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

S3

A15

A14

A13

A12

A11

A10

A9

S1

S0

S2

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

Z0

A7

A8

MUX16

Macro Library Reference Manual 341

Page 342: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z0

A7

A6

A5

A4

A3

A2

A1

A0

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

MUX16E

Macro Library Reference Manual 342

Page 343: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX22 and MUX22E

Function:

MUX22: Dual 1 of 2 input mux with common select line.MUX22E: Dual 1 of 2 input mux with common select line and

enable.

Availability: MUX22 and MUX22E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX22 (Z0,Z1,A0,A1,B0,B1,S0);MUX22E (Z0,Z1,A0,A1,B0,B1,EN,S0);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX22E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, B0..Bn-1 = inputs,x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MUX22 2/out .5 2 1MUX22E 2/out .5 2 1

Input Output

EN S0 Z0 Z1

1 0 A0 A11 1 B0 B10 x 0 0

MUX22

MUX22E

B0

EN

S0

B1

A0

A1

Z1

Z0

B0

S0

B1

A0

A1

Z1

Z0

Macro Library Reference Manual 343

Page 344: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX24 and MUX24E

Function:

MUX24: Dual 1 of 4 input mux with common select line.MUX24E: Dual 1 of 4 input mux with common select line and

enable.

Availability: MUX24 and MUX24E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX24 (Z0,Z1,A0,A1,B0,B1,C0,C1,D0,D1,S0,S1);MUX24E (Z0,Z1,A0,A1,B0,B1,C0,C1,D0,D1,EN,S0,S1);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX24E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, B0..Bn-1 = inputs,x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MUX24 4/out .5 2 1MUX24E 4/out .5 2 1

Input Output

EN S1 S0 Z0 Z1

1 0 0 A0 A11 0 1 B0 B11 1 0 C0 C11 1 1 D0 D10 x x 0 0

MUX24

MUX24E

Z0Z1

S0

A0A1

B0B1

C0C1

D0D1

EN

S1

Z0Z1

S0

A0A1

B0B1

C0C1

D0D1

S1

Macro Library Reference Manual 344

Page 345: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX42 and MUX42E

Function:

MUX42: Quad 1 of 2 input mux with common select line.MUX42E: Quad 1 of 2 input mux with common select line and

enable.

Availability: MUX42 and MUX42E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX42 ([Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],[B0..B3],S0);MUX42E ([Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],[B0..B3],EN,S0);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX42E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, B0..Bn-1 = inputs,x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MUX42 2/out 1 4 1MUX42E 2/out 1 4 1

Input Output

EN S0 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3

1 0 A0 A1 A2 A31 1 B0 B1 B2 B30 x 0 0 0 0

MUX24

MUX24E

Z0Z1

S0

A0A1

B0B1

C0C1

D0D1

EN

S1

Z0Z1

S0

A0A1

B0B1

C0C1

D0D1

S1

Macro Library Reference Manual 345

Page 346: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX44 and MUX44E

Function:

MUX44: Quad 1 of 4 input mux with common select line.MUX44E: Quad 1 of 4 input mux with common select line and

enable.

Availability: MUX44 and MUX44E are for pDS, ispDS,and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX44 ([Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],[B0..B3],[C0..C3],[D0..D3],S0,S1);

MUX44_1 (Z0,Z1,A0,A1,B0,B1,C0,C1, D0,D1,S0,S1);MUX44_2 (Z2,Z3,A2,A3,B2,B3,C2,C3,

D2,D3,S0,S1);MUX44E ([Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],[B0..B3],

[C0..C3],[D0..D3],EN,S0,S1);MUX44E_1 (Z0,Z1,A0,A1,B0,B1,C0,C1, D0,D1,EN,S0,S1);MUX44E_2 (Z2,Z3,A2,A3,B2,C3,C2,C3,

D2,D3,EN,S0,S1);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX44E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, B0..Bn-1 = inputs, x = don’t care,C0..Cn-1 = inputs, D0..Dn-1 = inputs.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MUX44 4/out 2 4 1MUX44E 4/out 2 4 1

Input Output

EN S1 S0 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3

1 0 0 A0 A1 A2 A31 0 1 B0 B1 B2 B31 1 0 C0 C1 C2 C31 1 1 D0 D1 D2 D30 x x 0 0 0 0

MUX44 MUX44E

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

EN

S1

A0

A1

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

S0

D3

D2

C3

C2

C1

C0

D1

D0

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

S1

A0

A1

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

S0

D3

D2

C3

C2

C1

C0

D1

D0

Macro Library Reference Manual 346

Page 347: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

S0

D3

A2

A3

C3

B3

B0

C0

Z0

A0

A1

A2

A3

S0

S1

MUX4

Z0

A0

A1

A2

A3

S0

S1

MUX4

D2

S1

Z3

Z2

Z0

Z1D1

C1

B1

A1

A0

D0

Z0

A0

A1

A2

A3

S0

S1

MUX4

Z0

A0

A1

A2

A3

S0

S1

MUX4

B2

C2

MUX44A

Macro Library Reference Manual 347

Page 348: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0

A0

B0

C0

D0

A1

B1

C1

D1

A2

B2

C2

D2

A3

B3

C3

D3

EN

S0

S1

Z0

EN

S1

S0

A3

A2

A1

A0

MUX4E

Z0

EN

S1

S0

A3

A2

A1

A0

MUX4E

Z0

EN

S1

S0

A3

A2

A1

A0

MUX4E

Z0

EN

S1

S0

A3

A2

A1

A0

MUX4E

MUX44AE

Macro Library Reference Manual 348

Page 349: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX44A and MUX44AE

Function:

MUX44A: Quad 1 of 4 input mux with commonselect line for 3K device only.

MUX44AE: Quad 1 of 4 input mux with commonselect line and enable for 3K device only.

Availability: MUX44A and MUX44AE are for pDS, ispDS,and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX44A ([Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],[B0..B3],[C0..C3],[D0..D3],S0,S1);

MUX44AE ([Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],[B0..B3],[C0..C3],[D0..D3],EN,S0,S1);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX44AE.

A0..An-1 = inputs, B0..Bn-1 = inputs, x = don’t care,C0..Cn-1 = inputs, D0..Dn-1 = inputs.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MUX44A 4/out 1 4 1MUX44AE 4/out 1 4 1

Input Output

EN S1 S0 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3

1 0 0 A0 A1 A2 A31 0 1 B0 B1 B2 B31 1 0 C0 C1 C2 C31 1 1 D0 D1 D2 D30 x x 0 0 0 0

MUX44A MUX44AE

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

EN

S1

A0

A1

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

S0

D3

D2

C3

C2

C1

C0

D1

D0

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

S1

A0

A1

A2

A3

B0

B1

B2

B3

S0

D3

D2

C3

C2

C1

C0

D1

D0

Macro Library Reference Manual 349

Page 350: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

MUX82 and MUX82E

Function:

MUX82: Octal 1 of 2 input mux with common select line.MUX82E: Octal 1 of 2 input mux with common select line and

enable.

Availability: MUX82 and MUX82E are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

MUX82 ([Z0..Z7],[A0..A7],[B0..B7],S0);MUX82_1 ([Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],[B0..B3],S0);MUX82_2 ([Z4..Z7],[A4..A7],[B4..B7],S0);

MUX82E ([Z0..Z7],[A0..A7],[B0..B7],EN,S0);MUX82E_1 ([Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],[B0..B3],EN,S0);MUX82E_2 ([Z4..Z7],[A4..A7],[B4..B7],EN,S0);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to MUX82E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, B0..Bn-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

MUX82 2/out 2 8 1MUX82E 2/out 2 8 1

Input Output

EN S0 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z6 Z7

1 0 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A71 1 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B70 x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

MUX82

MUX82E

Z0Z1Z2Z3Z4Z5Z6Z7

A4A5A6A7

B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7

A0A1A2A3

ENS0

Z0Z1Z2Z3Z4Z5Z6Z7

A4A5A6A7

B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7

A0A1A2A3

S0

Macro Library Reference Manual 350

Page 351: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Demultiplexers

DMUX2 and DMUX2E

Function:

DMUX2: 1 of 2 output demux.DMUX2E: 1 of 2 output demux with enable.

Availability: DMUX2 and DMUX2E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DMUX2 (Z0,Z1,A0,S0);DMUX2E Z0,Z1,A0,EN,S0);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DMUX2E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DMUX2 1/out .5 2 1DMUX2E 1/out .5 2 1

Input Output

EN S0 Z0 Z1

1 0 A0 01 1 0 A00 x 0 0

Z1

Z0A0

EN

S0

DMUX2

DMUX2E

Z1

Z0A0

S0

Macro Library Reference Manual 351

Page 352: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DMUX4 and DMUX4E

Function:

DMUX4: 1 of 4 output demux.DMUX4E: 1 of 4 output demux with enable.

Availability: DMUX4 and DMUX4E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DMUX4 ([Z0..Z3],A0,S0,S1);DMUX4E ([Z0..Z3],A0,EN,S0,S1);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DMUX4E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DMUX4 1/out 1 4 1DMUX4E 1/out 1 4 1

Input Output

EN S1 S0 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3

1 0 0 A0 0 0 01 0 1 0 A0 0 01 1 0 0 0 A0 01 1 1 0 0 0 A00 x x 0 0 0 0

DMUX4

DMUX4E

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0A0

EN

S0

S1

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0A0

S0

S1

Macro Library Reference Manual 352

Page 353: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DMUX22 and DMUX22E

Function:

DMUX22: Dual 1 of 2 output demux with common select line.DMUX22E: Dual 1 of 2 output demux with common select line

and enable.

Availability: DMUX22 and DMUX22E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DMUX22 (Y0,Y1,Z0,Z1,A0,A1,S0);DMUX22E (Y0,Y1,Z0,Z1,A0,A1,EN,S0);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DMUX22E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DMUX22 1/out 1 4 1DMUX22E 1/out 1 4 1

Input Output

EN S0 Y0 Y1 Z0 Z1

1 0 A0 A1 0 01 1 0 0 A0 A10 x 0 0 0 0

DMUX22

DMUX22E

S0

A0

EN

A1 Y1

Y0

Z0

Z1

S0

A0

A1 Y1

Y0

Z0

Z1

Macro Library Reference Manual 353

Page 354: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DMUX24 and DMUX24E

Function:

DMUX24: Dual 1 of 4 output demux with common select line.DMUX24E: Dual 1 of 4 output demux with common select line

and enable.

Availability: DMUX24 and DMUX24E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DMUX24 (W0,W1,X0,X1,Y0,Y1,Z0,Z1,A0,A1,S0,S1);DMUX24_1 (W0,X0,Y0,Z0,A0,S0,S1);DMUX24_2 (W1,X1,Y1,Z1,A1,S0,S1);

DMUX24E (W0,W1,X0,X1,Y0,Y1,Z0,Z1,A0,A1,EN,S0,S1);DMUX24E_1 (W0,X0,Y0,Z0,A0,EN,S0,S1);DMUX24E_2 (W1,X1,Y1,Z1,A1,EN,S0,S1);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DMUX24E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DMUX24 1/out 2 8 1DMUX24E 1/out 2 8 1

Input Output

EN S1 S0 W0 W1 X0 X1 Y0 Y1 Z0 Z1

1 0 0 A0 A1 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 1 0 0 A0 A1 0 0 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 0 A0 A1 0 01 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 A0 A1

x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

DMUX24

DMUX24E

Z1

Z0

Y0

Y1

A0

A1

EN

S0

X1

X0

W1

W0

S1

Z1

Z0

Y0

Y1

A0

A1

S0

X1

X0

W1

W0

S1

Macro Library Reference Manual 354

Page 355: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DMUX42 and DMUX42E

Function:

DMUX42: Quad 1 of 2 output demux with common select line.DMUX42E: Quad 1 of 2 output demux with common select line

and enable.

Availability: DMUX42 and DMUX42E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DMUX42 ([Y0..Y3],[Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],S0);DMUX42_1 (Y0,Y1,Z0,Z1,A0,A1,S0);DMUX42_2 (Y2,Y3,Z2,Z3,A2,A3,S0);

DMUX42E ([Y0..Y3],[Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],EN,S0);DMUX42E_1 (Y0,Y1,Z0,Z1,A0,A1,EN,S0);DMUX42E_2 (Y2,Y3,Z2,Z3,A2,A3,EN,S0);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DMUX42E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DMUX42 1/out 2 8 1DMUX42E 1/out 2 8 1

Input Output

EN S0 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3

1 0 A0 A1 A2 A3 0 0 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 A0 A1 A2 A30 x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

DMUX42

DMUX42E

S0

EN

A0

A1

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0

Y3

Y2

Y1

Y0

A3

A2

S0

A0

A1

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0

Y3

Y2

Y1

Y0

A3

A2

Macro Library Reference Manual 355

Page 356: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DMUX44 and DMUX44E

Function:

DMUX44: Quad 1 of 4 output demux with common select line.DMUX44E: Quad 1 of 4 output demux with common select line

enable.

Availability: DMUX44 and DMUX44E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DMUX44 ([W0..W3],[X0..X3],[Y0..Y3], [Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],S0,S1);DMUX44_1 (W0,X0,Y0,Z0,A0,S0,S1);DMUX44_2 (W1,X1,Y1,Z1,A1,S0,S1);DMUX44_3 (W2,X2,Y2,Z2,A2,S0,S1);DMUX44_4 (W3,X3,Y3,Z3,A3,S0,S1);

DMUX44E ([W0..W3],[X0..X3],[Y0..Y3],[Z0..Z3],[A0..A3],EN,S0,S1);DMUX44E_1 (W0,X0,Y0,Z0,A0,EN,S0,S1);DMUX44E_2 (W1,X1,Y1,Z1,A1,EN,S0,S1);DMUX44E_3 (W2,X2,Y2,Z2,A2,EN,S0,S1);DMUX44E_4 (W3,X3,Y3,Z3,A3,EN,S0,S1);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DMUX44E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DMUX44 1/out 4 16 1DMUX44E 1/out 4 16 1

Input Output

EN S1 S0 W0 W1 W2 W3 X0 X1 X2 X3 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3

1 0 0 A0 A1 A2 A3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 1 0 0 0 0 A0 A1 A2 A3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A0 A1 A2 A3 0 0 0 01 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A0 A1 A2 A30 x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

DMUX44 DMUX44E

EN

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0

Y3

Y2

Y1

Y0

A0

A1

A2

A3

S1

S0

X3

X2

X1

X0

W3

W2

W1

W0

Z3

Z2

Z1

Z0

Y3

Y2

Y1

Y0

A0

A1

A2

A3

S1

S0

X3

X2

X1

X0

W3

W2

W1

W0

Macro Library Reference Manual 356

Page 357: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

DMUX82 & DMUX82E

Function:

DMUX82: Octal 1 of 2 output demux with common select line.DMUX82E: Octal 1 of 2 output demux with common select line

and enable.

Availability: DMUX82 and DMUX82E are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

DMUX82 ([Y0..Y7],[Z0..Z7],[A0..A7],S0);DMUX82_1 (Y0,Y1,Z0,Z1,A0,A1,S0);DMUX82_2 (Y2,Y3,Z2,Z3,A2,A3,S0);DMUX82_3 (Y4,Y5,Z4,Z5,A4,A5,S0);DMUX82_4 (Y6,Y7,Z6,Z7,A6,A7,S0);

DMUX82E ([Y0..Y7],[Z0..Z7],[A0..A7],EN,S0);DMUX82E_1 (Y0,Y1,Z0,Z1,A0,A1,EN,S0);DMUX82E_2 (Y2,Y3,Z2,Z3,A2,A3,EN,S0);DMUX82E_3 (Y4,Y5,Z4,Z5,A4,A5,EN,S0);DMUX82E_4 (Y6,Y7,Z6,Z7,A6,A7,EN,S0);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (EN) apply only to DMUX82E.

A0..An-1 = inputs, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

DMUX82 1/out 4 16 1DMUX82E 1/out 4 16 1

Input Output

EN S0 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z6 Z7

1 0 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A70 x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

DMUX82 DMUX82E

Y0

Y1

Y2

Y3

Y4

Y5

Y6

Y7

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

Z6

Z7

A4

A5

A6

A7

A3

A2

A1

A0

EN

S0

Y0

Y1

Y2

Y3

Y4

Y5

Y6

Y7

Z0

Z1

Z2

Z3

Z4

Z5

Z6

Z7

A4

A5

A6

A7

A3

A2

A1

A0

S0

Macro Library Reference Manual 357

Page 358: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Registers

This chapter contains information on the following macros:

■ D Flip-Flops

■ JK Flip-Flops

■ Toggle Flip-Flops

■ D Latches

■ SR Latches

■ Shift Registers

Macro Library Reference Manual 358

Page 359: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

D Flip-flops

FD11, FD14, and FD18

Function:

FD11: 1-bit D flip-flop.FD14: 4-bit D flip-flop.FD18: 8-bit D flip-flop.

Availability: FD11 and FD14 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. FD18is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type:

Logic Primitive: FD11Soft: FD14 and FD18

Logic Resources:

* Add 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.

Boolean Equation:

FD11 (Q0,D0,CLK);FD14 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK);FD18 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s in an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FD11 1* .25 1 1FD14 1/out* 1 4 1FD18 1/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

d ↑ dx 0 Q0’~Qn’x 1 Q0’~Qn’

FD11

FD18

D Q

FD14

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

Macro Library Reference Manual 359

Page 360: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FD21, FD24, and FD28

Function:

FD21: 1-bit D flip-flop with asynchronous clear.FD24: 4-bit D flip-flop with asynchronous clear.FD28: 8-bit D flip-flop with asynchronous clear.

Availability: FD21 and FD24 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. FD28is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type:

Logic Primitive: FD21Soft: FD24 and FD28

Logic Resources:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1 per GLB if Product TermClock is used.

Boolean Equation:

FD21 (Q0,D0,CLK,CD);FD24 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,CD);FD28 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK,CD);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s in an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FD21 1* .25 1 1FD24 1/out* 1 4 1FD28 1/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

CD D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

1 x x 00 d ↑ d0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’0 x 1 Q0’~Qn’

FD21

FD28

D Q

FD24

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

CD

CD

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 360

Page 361: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FD31, FD34, and FD38

Function:

FD31: 1-bit D flip-flop with synchronous preset.FD34: 4-bit D flip-flop with synchronous preset.FD38: 8-bit D flip-flop with synchronous preset.

Availability: FD31 and FD34 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. FD38is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources:

* Add 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.

Boolean Equation:

FD31 (Q0,D0,CLK,PS);FD34 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,PS);FD38 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK,PS);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s in an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FD31 1* .25 1 1FD34 1/out* 1 4 1FD38 2/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

PS D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

1 x ↑ 10 d ↑ dx x 0 Q0’~Qn’x x 1 Q0’~Qn’

FD31

FD38

D Q

FD34

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

PS

PS

PS

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

Macro Library Reference Manual 361

Page 362: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FD41, FD44, and FD48

Function:

FD41: 1-bit D flip-flop with asynchronous clear dominant oversynchronous preset.

FD44: 4-bit D flip-flop with asynchronous clear dominant oversynchronous preset.

FD48: 8-bit D flip-flop with asynchronous clear dominant oversynchronous preset.

Availability: FD41 and FD44 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. FD48is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1 per GLB if Product TermClock is used.

Boolean Equation:

FD41 (Q0,D0,CLK,PS,CD);FD44 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,PS,CD);FD48 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK,PS,CD);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s in an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FD41 1* .25 1 1FD44 1/out* 1 4 1FD48 2/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

CD PS D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x 00 1 x ↑ 10 0 d ↑ d0 x x 0 Q0’~Qn’0 x x 1 Q0’~Qn’

FD41

FD48

D Q

FD44

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

PS

PS

PS

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

CD

CD

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 362

Page 363: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FD51, FD54, and FD58

Function:

FD51: 1-bit D flip-flop with synchronous preset dominant oversynchronous clear.

FD54: 4-bit D flip-flop with synchronous preset dominant oversynchronous clear.

FD58: 8-bit D flip-flop with synchronous preset dominant oversynchronous clear.

Availability: FD51 and FD54 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. FD58is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources:

* Add 1 p-term per GLB for the clock if Product Term Clockis used.

Boolean Equation:

FD51 (Q0,D0,CLK,PS,CS);FD54 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CLK,PS,CS);FD58 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CLK,PS,CS);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s in an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FD51 2* .25 1 1FD54 2/out* 1 4 1FD58 2/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

PS CS D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

1 x x ↑ 10 1 x ↑ 00 0 d ↑ dx x x 0 Q0’~Qn’x x x 1 Q0’~Qn’

FD51

FD58

D Q

FD54

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

PS

PS

PS

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

CS

CS

CS

Macro Library Reference Manual 363

Page 364: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FD61, FD64, and FD68

Function:

FD61: 1-bit D flip-flop with scan.FD64: 4-bit D flip-flop with scan.FD68: 8-bit D flip-flop with scan.

Availability: FD61, FD64, and FD68 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

* Add 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

FD61 (Q0,D0,TI0,CLK,TE);FD64 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],CLK,TE);FD68 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],CLK,TE);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s in an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FD61 2* .25 1 1FD64 2/out* 1 4 1FD68 2/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

TE TI0~TIn-1 D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

0 x d ↑ d1 d x ↑ dx x x 0 Q0’~Qn’x x x 1 Q0’~Qn’

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TE

TE

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TIQD

TE

FD61

FD68

FD64

Macro Library Reference Manual 364

Page 365: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FD71, FD74, and FD78

Function:

FD71: 1-bit D flip-flop with scan and asynchronous clear.FD74: 4-bit D flip-flop with scan and asynchronous clear.FD78: 8-bit D flip-flop with scan and asynchronous clear.

Availability: FD71, FD74, and FD78 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1 per GLB if Product TermClock is used.

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

FD71 (Q0,D0,TI0,CLK,CD,TE);FD74 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],CLK,CD,TE);FD78 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],CLK,CD,TE);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s in an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FD71 2* .25 1 1FD74 2/out* 1 4 1FD78 2/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

CD TE TI0~TIn-1 D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x x 00 0 x d ↑ d0 1 d x ↑ d0 x x x 0 Q0’~Qn’0 x x x 1 Q0’~Qn’

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TE

TE

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TIQD

TE

FD71

FD78

FD74

CD

CD

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 365

Page 366: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FD81, FD84, and FD88

Function:

FD81: 1-bit D flip-flop with scan and synchronous preset.FD84: 4-bit D flip-flop with scan and synchronous preset.FD88: 8-bit D flip-flop with scan and synchronous preset.

Availability: FD81, FD84, and FD88 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

* Add 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

FD81 (Q0,D0,TI0,CLK,PS,TE);FD84 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],CLK,PS,TE);FD88 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],CLK,PS,TE);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s in an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FD81 3* .25 1 1FD84 3/out* 1 4 1FD88 3/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

PS TE TI0~TIn-1 D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x ↑ 10 0 x d ↑ d0 1 d x ↑ dx x x x 0 Q0’~Qn’x x x x 1 Q0’~Qn’

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TE

TE

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TIQD

TE

FD81

FD88

FD84

PS

PS

PS

Macro Library Reference Manual 366

Page 367: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FD91, FD94, and FD98

Function:

FD91: 1-bit D flip-flop with scan and asynchronous cleardominant over synchronous preset.

FD94: 4-bit D flip-flop with scan and asynchronous cleardominant over synchronous preset.

FD98: 8-bit D flip-flop with scan and asynchronous cleardominant over synchronous preset.

Availability: FD91, FD94, and FD98 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1 per GLB if Product TermClock is used.

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

FD91 (Q0,D0,TI0,CLK,PS,CD,TE);FD94 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],CLK,PS,CD,TE);FD98 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],CLK,PS,CD,TE);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FD91 3* .25 1 1FD94 3/out* 1 4 1FD98 3/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

CD PS TE TI0~TIn-1 D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x x x 00 1 x x x ↑ 10 0 0 x d ↑ d0 0 1 d x ↑ d0 x x x x 0 Q0’~Qn’0 x x x x 1 Q0’~Qn’

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TE

TE

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TIQD

TE

FD91

FD98

FD94

PS

PS

PS

CD

CD

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 367

Page 368: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FDA1, FDA4, and FDA8

Function:

FDA1: 1-bit D flip-flop with scan and synchronous presetdominant over synchronous clear.

FDA4: 4-bit D flip-flop with scan and synchronous presetdominant over synchronous clear.

FDA8: 8-bit D flip-flop with scan and synchronous presetdominant over synchronous clear.

Availability: FDA1, FDA4, and FDA8 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

* Add 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

FDA1 (Q0,D0,TI0,CLK,PS,CS,TE);FDA4 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],CLK,PS,CS,TE);FDA8 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],CLK,PS,CS,TE);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FDA1 3* .25 1 1FDA4 3/out* 1 4 1FDA8 3/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

PS CS TE TI0~TIn-1 D0~Dn-1 CLK Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x x ↑ 10 1 x x x ↑ 00 0 0 x d ↑ d0 0 1 d x ↑ dx x x x x 0 Q0’~Qn’x x x x x 1 Q0’~Qn’

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TE

TE

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TIQD

TE

FDA1

FDA8

FDA4

PS

PS

PS

CS

CS

CS

Macro Library Reference Manual 368

Page 369: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

JK Flip-flops

FJK11 and FJK21

Function:

FJK11: JK flip-flop.FJK21: JK flip-flop with asynchronous clear.

Availability: FJK11 and FJK21 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Add 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.** Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1PT per GLB if Product

Term Clock is used.

Macro Port Definition:

FJK11 (Q0,J0,K0,CLK);FJK21 (Q0,J0,K0,CLK,CD);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (CD) apply only to FJK21.

Q0’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,Q0’ = inverse of Q0’, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FJK11 2* .25 1 1FJK21 2** .25 1 1

Input Output

CD J0 K0 CLK CD

1 x x x 00 0 0 ↑ Q0’0 0 1 ↑ 00 1 0 ↑ 10 1 1 ↑ Q0’0 x x 0 Q0’0 x x 1 Q0’

FJK11

FJK21

J

K

Q

QJ

K

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 369

Page 370: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FJK31 and FJK41

Function:

FJK31: JK flip-flop with scan.FJK41: JK flip-flop with scan and asynchronous clear.

Availability: FJK31 and FJK41 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

* Add 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

FJK31 (Q0,J0,K0,TI0,CLK,TE);FJK41 (Q0,J0,K0,TI0,CLK,CD,TE);

Truth Table:

Gray areas (CD) apply only to FJK41.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, Q0’ = inverse of Q0’,x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FJK31 3* .25 1 1FJK41 4* .25 1 1

Input Output

CD TE TI0 J0 K0 CLK Q0

1 x x x x x 00 0 x 0 0 ↑ Q0’0 0 x 0 1 ↑ 00 0 x 1 0 ↑ 10 0 x 1 1 ↑ Q0’0 1 d x x ↑ d0 x x x x 0 Q0’0 x x x x 1 Q0’

J Q

K

TI

TE

J Q

K

TI

TE

FJK31

FJK41

CD

Macro Library Reference Manual 370

Page 371: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FJK51

Function:

JK flip-flop with asynchronous clear and synchronous preset.

Availability: FJK51 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1PT per GLB if ProductTerm Clock is used.

Macro Port Definition:

FJK51 (Q0,J0,K0,CLK,PS,CD);

Truth Table:

Q0’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,Q0’ = inverse of Q0’, x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FJK51 3* .25 1 1

Input Output

CD PS J0 K0 CLK Q0

1 x x x x 00 1 x x ↑ 10 0 0 0 ↑ Q0’0 0 0 1 ↑ 00 0 1 0 ↑ 10 0 1 1 ↑ Q0’0 x x x 0 Q0’0 x x x 1 Q0’

FJK51

CD

PS

K

QJ

Macro Library Reference Manual 371

Page 372: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Toggle Flip-flops

FT11 and FT21

Function:

FT11: Toggle flip-flop with asynchronous clear.FT21: Toggle flip-flop with synchronous clear and preset,

preset dominant.

Availability: FT11 and FT21 is for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1PT per GLB if ProductTerm Clock is used.

** Add 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clock is used.

Macro Port Definition:

FT11 (Q0,D0,CLK,CD);FT21 (Q0,D0,CLK,PS,CS);

Truth Tables:

FT11: FT21:

Q0’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch,Q0’ = inverse of Q0’, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

FT11 2* .25 1 1FT21 3** .25 1 1

Input Output Input Output

CD D0 CLK Q PS CS D0 CLK Q

1 x x 0 1 x x ↑ 10 0 ↑ Q0’ 0 1 x ↑ 00 1 ↑ Q0’ 0 0 0 ↑ Q0’0 x 0 Q0’ 0 0 1 ↑ Q0’0 x 1 Q0’ x x x 0 Q0’

x x x 1 Q0’

FT11

FT21

QD

CD

Q

CS

PSD

Macro Library Reference Manual 372

Page 373: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

D Latches

LD11, LD14, and LD18

Function:

LD11: 1-bit D latch.LD14: 4-bit D latch.LD18: 8-bit D latch.

Availability: LD21 and LD24 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. LD28is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources:

Boolean Equation:

LD11 (Q0,D0,G);LD14 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],G);LD18 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],G);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LD11 3 .25 1 1LD14 3/out 1 4 1LD18 3/out 2 8 1

Input Output

D0~Dn-1 G Q0~Qn-1

d 1 dx 0 Q0’~Qn’

LD11

LD18

D Q

LD14

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 373

Page 374: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LD21, LD24, and LD28

Function:

LD21: 1-bit D latch with asynchronous clear.LD24: 4-bit D latch with asynchronous clear.LD28: 8-bit D latch with asynchronous clear.

Availability: LD21 and LD24 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. LD28is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources:

Boolean Equation:

LD21 (Q0,D0,G,CD);LD24 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],G,CD);LD28 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],G,CD);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LD21 3 .25 1 1LD24 3/out 1 4 1LD28 3/out 2 8 1

Input Output

CD D0~Dn-1 G Q0~Qn-1

1 x x 00 d 1 d0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’

LD11

LD18

D Q

LD14

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 374

Page 375: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LD31, LD34, and LD38

Function:

LD31: 1-bit D latch with asynchronous preset.LD34: 4-bit D latch with asynchronous preset.LD38: 8-bit D latch with asynchronous preset.

Availability: LD31 and LD34 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. LD38is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources:

Boolean Equation:

LD31 (Q0,D0,G,PD);LD34 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],G,PD);LD38 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],G,PD);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LD31 4 .25 1 1LD34 4/out 1 4 1LD38 4/out 2 8 1

Input Output

PD D0~Dn-1 G Q0~Qn-1

1 x x 10 d 1 d0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’

LD31

LD38

D Q

LD34

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

PD

PD

PD

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 375

Page 376: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LD41, LD44, and LD48

Function:

LD41: 1-bit D latch with asynchronous clear dominant overasynchronous preset.

LD44: 4-bit D latch with asynchronous clear dominant overasynchronous preset.

LD48: 8-bit D latch with asynchronous clear dominant overasynchronous preset.

Availability: LD41 and LD44 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. LD48is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources:

Boolean Equation:

LD41 (Q0,D0,G,PD,CD);LD44 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],G,PD,CD);LD48 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],G,PD,CD);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LD41 4 .25 1 1LD44 4/out 1 4 1LD48 4/out 2 8 1

Input Output

CD PD D0~Dn-1 G Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x 00 1 x x 10 0 d 1 d0 0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’

LD41

LD48

D Q

LD44

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

PD

PD

PD

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

CD

CD

CD

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 376

Page 377: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LD51, LD54, and LD58

Function:

LD51: 1-bit D latch with asynchronous preset dominant overasynchronous clear.

LD54: 4-bit D latch with asynchronous preset dominant overasynchronous clear.

LD58: 8-bit D latch with asynchronous preset dominant overasynchronous clear.

Availability: LD51 and LD54 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+. LD58is for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Hard

Logic Resources:

Boolean Equation:

LD51 (Q0,D0,G,PD,CD);LD54 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],G,PD,CD);LD58 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],G,PD,CD);

Truth Table:

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LD51 4 .25 1 1LD54 4/out 1 4 1LD58 4/out 2 8 1

Input Output

PD CD D0~Dn-1 G Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x 10 1 x x 00 0 d 1 d0 0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’

LD51

LD58

D Q

LD54

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

D7

D6

D5

D4 Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

PD

PD

PD

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0D0

D1

D2

D3

CD

CD

CD

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 377

Page 378: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LD61, LD64, and LD68

Function:

LD61: 1-bit D latch with scan.LD64: 4-bit D latch with scan.LD68: 8-bit D latch with scan.

Availability: LD61, LD64, and LD68 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

LD61 (Q0,D0,TI0,G,TG);LD64 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],G,TG);LD68 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],G,TG);

Truth Table:

* In proper operation, G and TG should NOT both be 1 at the same time.d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LD61 5 .25 1 1LD64 5/out 1.25 4 1LD68 5/out 2.5 8 1

Input Output

D0~Dn-1 G TI0~TIn-1 TG Q0~Qn-1

x 0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’x 0 d 1 dd 1 x 0 d1 1 x 1 1*x 1 1 1 1*0 1 0 1 0*

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TG

TG

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TIQD

TG

FD61

FD68

FD64

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 378

Page 379: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LD71, LD74, and LD78

Function:

LD71: 1-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous clear.LD74: 4-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous clear.LD78: 8-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous clear.

Availability: LD71, LD74, and LD78 are for ispDS and ispDS+..

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

LD71 (Q0,D0,TI0,G,CD,TG);LD74 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],G,CD,TG);LD78 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],G,CD,TG);

Truth Table:

* In proper operation, G and TG should NOT both be 1 at the same time.d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LD71 5 .25 1 1LD74 5/out 1.25 4 1LD78 5/out 2.5 8 1

Input Output

CD D0~Dn-1 G TI0~TIn-1 TG Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x x 00 x 0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’0 x 0 d 1 d0 d 1 x 0 d0 1 1 x 1 1*0 x 1 1 1 1*0 0 1 0 1 0*

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TG

TG

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TIQD

TG

LD71

LD78

LD74

CD

CD

CD

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 379

Page 380: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LD81, LD84, and LD88

Function:

LD81: 1-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous preset.LD84: 4-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous preset.LD88: 8-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous preset.

Availability: LD81, LD84, and LD88 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

LD81 (Q0,D0,TI0,G,PD,TG);LD84 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],G,PD,TG);LD88 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],G,PD,TG);

Truth Table:

* In proper operation, G and TG should NOT both be 1 at the same time.d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LD81 6 .25 1 1LD84 6/out 2 4 1LD88 6/out 4 8 1

Input Output

PD D0~Dn-1 G TI0~TIn-1 TG Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x x 10 x 0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’0 x 0 d 1 d0 d 1 x 0 d0 1 1 x 1 1*0 x 1 1 1 1*0 0 1 0 1 0*

TG

TI

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TG

TG

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

QD

LD81

LD88

LD84

PD

PD

PD

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 380

Page 381: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LD91, LD94, and LD98

Function:

LD91: 1-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous cleardominant over asynchronous preset.

LD94: 4-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous cleardominant over asynchronous preset.

LD98: 8-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous cleardominant over asynchronous preset.

Availability: LD91, LD94, and LD98 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

LD91 (Q0,D0,TI0,G,PD,CD,TG);LD94 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],G,PD,CD,TG);LD98 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],G,PD,CD,T

Truth Table:

* In proper operation, G and TG should NOT both be 1 at the same time.d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LD91 6 .25 1 1LD94 6/out 2 4 1LD98 6/out 4 8 1

Input Output

CD PD D0~Dn-1 G TI0~TIn-1 TG Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x x x 00 1 x x x x 10 0 x 0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’0 0 x 0 d 1 d0 0 d 1 x 0 d0 0 1 1 x 1 1*0 0 x 1 1 1 1*0 0 0 1 0 1 0*

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TG

TG

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TIQD

TG

LD91

LD98

LD94

PD

PD

PD

CD

CD

CD

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 381

Page 382: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

LDA1, LDA4, and LDA8

Function:

LDA1: 1-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous presetdominant over asynchronous clear.

LDA4: 4-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous presetdominant over asynchronous clear.

LDA8: 8-bit D latch with scan and asynchronous presetdominant over asynchronous clear.

Availability: LDA1, LDA4, and LDA8 are for ispDS and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – ispDS+:

Boolean Equation for ispDS+:

LDA1 (Q0,D0,TI0,G,PD,CD,TG);LDA4 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],[TI0..TI3],G,PD,CD,TG);LDA8 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],[TI0..TI7],G,PD,CD,TG);

Truth Table:

* In proper operation, G and TG should NOT both be 1 at the same time.d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’~Qn’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LDA1 6 .25 1 1LDA4 6/out 2 4 1LDA8 6/out 4 8 1

Input Output

PD CD D0~Dn-1 G TI0~TIn-1 TG Q0~Qn-1

1 x x x x x 10 1 x x x x 00 0 x 0 x 0 Q0’~Qn’0 0 x 0 d 1 d0 0 d 1 x 0 d0 0 1 1 x 1 1*0 0 x 1 1 1 1*0 0 0 1 0 1 0*

TI0

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

D4

D5

D6

D7

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TI1

TI2

TI3

TI4

TI5

TI6

TI7

TG

TG

TI3

TI2

TI1

TI0

D3

D2

D1

D0

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

TIQD

TG

LDA1

LDA8

LDA4

PD

PD

PD

CD

CD

CD

G

G

G

Macro Library Reference Manual 382

Page 383: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SR Latches

LSR1 and LSR2

Function:

LSR1: Simple SR latch.LSR2: SR latch with OR on S and R inputs.

Availability: LSR1 and LSR2 are for pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

Macro Port Definition:

LSR1 (Q0,S0,R0);LSR2 (Q0,S0,S1,R0,R1);

Truth Tables:

LSR1 LSR2

* These outputs are not entirely stable. They may not remain when both S and R return to 1.** S = 1 when S0 or S1 = 1. S = 0 when S0 and S1 = 0.

R = 1 when R0 or R1 = 1. R=0 when R0 and R1 = 0.Q0 = output of flip-flop or latch.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

LSR1 2 .25 1 1LSR2 3 .25 1 1

Input Output Input OutputS0 R0 Q0 S** R** Q01 1 Q0 1 1 Q00 1 1 0 1 11 0 0 1 0 00 0 1* 0 0 1*

R

S Q

LSR1

LSR2

S0

S1

R0

R1

Q

Macro Library Reference Manual 383

Page 384: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Shift Registers

SRR11, SRR14, and SRR18

Function:

SRR11: 1-bit right shift register with asynchronous reset.SRR14: 4-bit version.SRR18: 8-bit version.

Availability: SRR11, SRR18, and SRR14 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1 per GLB if Product TermClock is used.

Macro Port Definition:

SRR11 (Q0,CAI,CLK,CD);SRR14 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,CD);SRR18 ([Q0..Q7],CAI,CLK,CD);

SRR18_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,CD);SRR18_2 ([Q4..Q7],Q3,CLK,CD);

Truth Table:

The SRR11 has only Q0 as an output. The SRR14 has Q0 to Q3.The SRR18 has Q0 to Q7.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

SRR11 1* .25 1 1SRR14 1/out* 1 4 1SRR18 1/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

CD CAI CLK Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7

1 x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 d ↑ d Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’0 x 0 Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’ Q7’0 x 1 Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’ Q7’

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

SRR18

SRR14

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CD

CAI

CAI

CD

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

Macro Library Reference Manual 384

Page 385: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CD

CLK

CAI Q0

CD

QD

FD21

SRR11

Macro Library Reference Manual 385

Page 386: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

CAI

CLK

CD

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

SRR14

Macro Library Reference Manual 386

Page 387: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0 Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CD

CLK

CAI

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR11

Macro Library Reference Manual 387

Page 388: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SRR21, SRR24, and SRR28

Function:

SRR21: 1-bit right shift register with asynchronous reset and enable.SRR24: 4-bit version.SRR28: 8-bit version.

Availability: SRR21, SRR24, and SRR28 are for pDS, ispDS, andispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1 per GLB if Product TermClock is used.

Macro Port Definition:

SRR21 (Q0,CAI,CLK,EN,CD);SRR24 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,EN,CD);SRR28 ([Q0..Q7],CAI,CLK,EN,CD);

SRR28_1 ([Q0..Q3],CAI,CLK,EN,CD);SRR28_2 ([Q4..Q7],Q3,CLK,EN,CD);

Truth Table:

The SRR21 has only Q0 as an output. The SRR24 has Q0 to Q3.The SRR28 has Q0 to Q7.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,Q0’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

SRR21 2* .25 1 1SRR24 2/out* 1 4 1SRR28 2/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

CD EN CAI CLK Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7

1 x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 1 d ↑ d Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’0 0 x ↑ Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’ Q7’0 x x 0 Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’ Q7’0 x x 1 Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’ Q7’

CAI

CD

Q0

SRR21

SRR28

SRR24

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CD

CAI

CAI

CD

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

EN

EN

EN

Macro Library Reference Manual 388

Page 389: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

CAI

CD

QD

FD21

EN

CLK

CD

SRR21

Macro Library Reference Manual 389

Page 390: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

EN

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

CD

CAI

CLK

SRR24

Macro Library Reference Manual 390

Page 391: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CAI

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

CLK

CD

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

CAI

CD

EN

Q0

SRR21

EN

SRR28

Macro Library Reference Manual 391

Page 392: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SRR31, SRR34, and SRR38

Function: 1-, 4-, and 8-bit right shift registerswith asynchronous reset, enable, parallel dataload, and synchronous preset.

Availability: SRR31, SRR34, and SRR38 arefor pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1 per GLBif Product Term Clock is used.

Macro Port Definition:

SRR31 (Q0,D0,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);SRR34 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);SRR38 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);

SRR38_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);SRR38_2 ([Q4..Q7],[D4..D7],Q3,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CD);

Truth Table:

The SRR31 has only Q0 as an output. The SRR34 has Q0 to Q3.The SRR38 has Q0 to Q7.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,D0..Dn-1 = load inputs for counters and shift registers,Q0’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

SRR31 4* .25 1 1SRR34 4/out* 1 4 1SRR38 4/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

CD PS LD D0~D7 EN CAI CLK Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5

1 x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 00 1 x x x x ↑ 1 1 1 1 1 10 0 1 d x x ↑ D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D50 0 0 x 1 d ↑ d Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’0 0 0 x 0 x ↑ Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’0 x x x x x 0 Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’0 x x x x x 1 Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’

SRR31 SRR38SRR34

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

CAI

CD

D0

D2

D3

EN

LD

D1

PS

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

CAI

CD

D0

D2

D3

D4

D5

D7

EN

LD

D6

D1

PS

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

Macro Library Reference Manual 392

Page 393: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

CD

QD

FD21CLK

CD

LD

EN

CAI

D0

PS

SRR31

Macro Library Reference Manual 393

Page 394: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

D3

D2

D1

D0

LD

CD

CLK

PS

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

Q1

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0 Q3

Q2

Q0

EN

CAI

SRR34.

Macro Library Reference Manual 394

Page 395: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

Q5

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0Q7

Q6

Q4CAI

EN

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

SRR31

CAI

CD

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

PS

CLK

CD

LD

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

SRR38

Macro Library Reference Manual 395

Page 396: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SRR41, SRR44, and SRR48

Function: 1-, 4-, and 8-bit right shift registers withsynchronous reset, enable, parallel data load,and synchronous preset.

Availability: SRR41, SRR44, and SRR48 arefor pDS, ispDS, and ispDS+.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Add 1 PT per GLB if Product Term Clockis used.

Macro Port Definition:

SRR41 (Q0,D0,CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);SRR44 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);SRR48 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);

SRR48_1 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAI,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);SRR48_2 ([Q4..Q7],[D4..D7],Q3,CLK,PS,LD,EN,CS);

Truth Table:

The SRR41 has only Q0 as an output. The SRR44 has Q0 to Q3.The SRR48 has Q0 to Q7.

d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,D0..Dn-1 = load inputs for shift registers,Q0’ = previous output of flip-flop, x = don’t care,↑ = rising clock edge.

Macro PT GLB Output Level

SRR41 4* .25 1 1SRR44 4/out* 1 4 1SRR48 4/out* 2 8 1

Input Output

PS CS LD D0~D7 EN CAI CLK Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6

1 x x x x x ↑ 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 x x x x ↑ 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 1 d x x ↑ D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D60 0 0 x 1 d ↑ d Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’0 0 0 x 0 x ↑ Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’x x x x x x 0 Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’x x x x x x 1 Q0’ Q1’ Q2’ Q3’ Q4’ Q5’ Q6’

SRR41 SRR48SRR44

CAI

CS

D0

EN

LD

PS

Q0

CAI

CS

D0

D2

D3

EN

LD

D1

PS

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

CAI

CS

D0

D2

D3

D4

D5

D7

EN

LD

D6

D1

PS

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

Macro Library Reference Manual 396

Page 397: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

CS

QD

FD11CLK

EN

CAI

LD

D0

PS

SRR41

Macro Library Reference Manual 397

Page 398: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAICAI

EN

Q0

Q2

Q3

Q1

PS

CLK

CS

LD

D0

D1

D2

D3

SRR44

Macro Library Reference Manual 398

Page 399: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAIQ3

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

SRR41

Q0

PS

LD

EN

D0

CS

CAI

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

LD

CS

CLK

PS

Q1

Q2

Q0

EN

CAIQ4

Q6

Q7

Q5

SRR48

Macro Library Reference Manual 399

Page 400: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SRRL1, SRRL4, and SRRL8

Function: 1-, 4-, and 8-bit right/left shift registers withasynchronous reset, enable, parallel data load,synchronous preset, and synchronous reset.

Availability: SRRL1, SRRL4, and SRRL8 are for pDS, ispDS,and ispDS+.

An additional symbol appears on the following page.

Type: Soft

Logic Resources – pDS:

* Add 1 PT per GLB for CD and 1 per GLB if Product TermClock is used.

Macro Port Definition:

SRRL1 (Q0,D0,CAIR,CAIL,CLK,PS,LD,EN,RL,CD,CS);SRRL4 ([Q0..Q3],[D0..D3],CAIR,CAIL,CLK,PS,LD,EN,RL,CD,CS);

SRRL4_1 (Q0,Q1,D0,D1,CAIR,Q2,CLK,PS,LD,EN,RL,CD,CS);SRRL4_2 (Q2,Q3,D2,D3,Q1,CAIL,CLK,PS,LD,EN,RL,CD,CS);

SRRL8 ([Q0..Q7],[D0..D7],CAIR,CAIL,CLK,PS,LD,EN,RL,CD,CS);SRRL8_1 ([Q0..Q2],[D0..D2],CAIR,Q3,CLK,PS,LD,EN,RL,CD,CS);SRRL8_2 ([Q3..Q5],[D3..D5],Q2,Q6,CLK,PS,LD,EN,RL,CD,CS);SRRL8_3 (Q6,Q7,D6,D7,Q5,CAIL,CLK,PS,LD,EN,RL,CD,CS);

Macro PT GLB Output Level

SRRL1 5* 0.5 1 1SRRL4 5/out* 1.5 4 1SRRL8 5/out* 2.75 8 1

SRRL1 SRRL4

R/L

Q0

PSCAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

R/L

D0

D2

D3

CAIL

CD CS

EN

LD

CAIR

D1

PS

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Macro Library Reference Manual 400

Page 401: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Truth Table:

The SRRL1 has only Q0 as an output. The SRRL4 has Q0 to Q3.The SRRL8 has Q0 to Q7.

CAIL = shift left serial input, CAIR = shift right serial input,d = any pattern of 1s and 0s on an input or set of inputs,D0..Dn-1 = input to D or T flip-flop/latch; load inputs for counters and shift registers,Q0’ = previous output of flip-flop or latch, x = don’t care, ↑ = rising clock edge.

Input

CD PS CS LD D0~D7 RL EN CAIR CAIL CLK

1 x x x x x x x x x0 1 x x x x x x x ↑0 0 1 x x x x x x ↑0 0 0 1 d x x x x ↑0 0 0 0 x 0 1 x d ↑0 0 0 0 x 1 1 d x ↑0 0 0 0 x x 0 x x ↑0 x x x x x x x x 00 x x x x x x x x 1

Output

Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 CAIL

CAIR Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7

SRRL8

R/L

Q7

Q6

Q5

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

PS

D1

CAIR

D6

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D7

D5

D4

D3

D2

D0

Macro Library Reference Manual 401

Page 402: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Q0

EN

RL

LD

CS

. LD=HI : Parallel data load

. EN=LO : Keep the previous state

. EN=HI & RL=LO & LD=LO : Shift CAIL to the left

Note:

. CS & PS & CD are active hi

. EN=HI & RL=HI & LD=LO : Shift CAIR to the right

CAIR

CAIL

D0

PS

CD

QD

FD21CLK

CD

SRRL1

Macro Library Reference Manual 402

Page 403: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CAIL

Q3

CAIR

CS

CD

CLK

EN

LD

RL

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

PS

D0 Q0

D1 Q1

D2 Q2

D3

Note:

CS & PS & CD are active hi

EN=HI & RL=HI & LD=LO: Shift CAIR to the right

EN=HI & RL=LO & LD=LO: Shift CAIL to the left

EN=LO: Keep the previous state

LD=HI: Parallel data load

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

SRRL4

Macro Library Reference Manual 403

Page 404: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CAIR

CS

CD

CLK

EN

LD

RL

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

PS

D0 Q0

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

D1 Q1

D2

D3

Q5Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

D5

Q2

Q3

D4 Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

Q4

Note:

CS & PS & CD are active hi

EN=HI & RL=HI & LD=LO: Shift CAIR to the right

EN=HI & RL=LO & LD=LO: Shift CAIL to the left

EN=LO: Keep the previous state

LD=HI: Parallel data load

CAIL

Q7

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

Q0

PS

CAIR

LD

EN

CSCD

CAIL

D0

SRRL1

R/L

D6 Q6

D7

SRRL8

Macro Library Reference Manual 404

Page 405: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Module Macros

This chapter contains information on the following Module Macros:

■ Control Blocks

■ Timer/Counter Modules

■ RAM Modules

■ FIFO Modules

■ Register File Modules

Macro Library Reference Manual 405

Page 406: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Control Blocks

This section illustrates the PIN-OUT and truth tables of control blocks used to set/modify userprogrammable features of the module macros.

ALECTRL8, ALECTRL9

These are used to program the value of the Almost Empty flag of theFIFOs.

ALECTRL8: 8-bit almost empty flag control block (used in FIFO1and FIFO2)

ALECTRL9: 9-bit almost empty flag control block (used in FIFO3and FIFO4)

Availability: ALECTRL8 and ALECTRL9 are for ispDS+ only.

Truth Table:

ALEIN ALEVAL

High HighLow Low

ALEIN0ALEIN1ALEIN2ALEIN3ALEIN4ALEIN5ALEIN6ALEIN7ALEIN8

ALEVAL0ALEVAL1ALEVAL2ALEVAL3ALEVAL4ALEVAL5ALEVAL6ALEVAL7ALEVAL8

ALECTRL9

ALEIN0ALEIN1ALEIN2ALEIN3ALEIN4ALEIN5ALEIN6ALEIN7

ALEVAL0ALEVAL1ALEVAL2ALEVAL3ALEVAL4ALEVAL5ALEVAL6ALEVAL7

ALECTRL8

Macro Library Reference Manual 406

Page 407: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

ALFCTRL8, ALFCTRL9

These blocks are used to program the value of the Almost Full flagof the FIFOs.

ALFCTRL8: 8-bit almost full flag control block (used in FIFO1 andFIFO2)

ALFCTRL9: 9-bit almost full flag control block (used in FIFO3 andFIFO4)

Availability: ALFCTRL8 and ALFCTRL9 are for ispDS+ only.

Truth Table:

ALFIN ALFVAL

High HighLow Low

ALFIN0ALFIN1ALFIN2ALFIN3ALFIN4ALFIN5ALFIN6ALFIN7ALFIN8

ALFVAL0ALFVAL1ALFVAL2ALFVAL3ALFVAL4ALFVAL5ALFVAL6ALFVAL7ALFVAL8

ALFCTRL9

ALFIN0ALFIN1ALFIN2ALFIN3ALFIN4ALFIN5ALFIN6ALFIN7

ALFVAL0ALFVAL1ALFVAL2ALFVAL3ALFVAL4ALFVAL5ALFVAL6ALFVAL7

ALFCTRL8

Macro Library Reference Manual 407

Page 408: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PSCTRL

This block is used to program the custom preset values for the timermodule (T4R4CPV).

PSCTRL: Custom Preset value control block

Availability: PSCTRL is for ispDS+ only.

Truth Table:

PSI PSO

High HighLow Low

PSI0PSI1PSI2PSI3PSI4PSI5PSI6PSI7PSI8

PSO0PSO1PSO2PSO3PSO4PSO5PSO6PSO7PSO8

PSCTRL

PSI9PSI10PSI11PSI12PSI13PSI14PSI15

PSO9PSO10PSO11PSO12PSO13PSO14PSO15

Macro Library Reference Manual 408

Page 409: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

POLCTRL

This block is used to control/modify the polarity of module controlsignals EN, MRST, RW, ACS, of other memory/register file modules,etc. The functionality of all in POLCTRL blocks is identical while thesize of the block is dependent on the number of control signals in themodules.

POLCTRL1: 1-bit polarity control block

POLCTRL2: 2-bit polarity control block

POLCTRL4: 4-bit polarity control block

POLCTRL8: 8-bit polarity control block

Availability: POLCTRL1, POLCTRL2, POLCTRL4, and POLCTRL8is for ispDS+ only.

Truth Table:

POLIN POL

High HighLow Low

POLIN0POLIN1POLIN2POLIN3POLIN4POLIN5POLIN6POLIN7

POL0POL1POL2POL3POL4POL5POL6POL7

POLIN0POLIN1POLIN2POLIN3

POL0POL1POL2POL3

POLIN0POLIN1

POL0POL1

POLIN0 POL0

POLCTRL1

POLCTRL8

POLCTRL4

POLCTRL2

Macro Library Reference Manual 409

Page 410: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

CAOCTRL

CAOCTRL: Carry out control block is used to control thevalue of the carry-out signal in timer/counter modules.

Availability: CAOCTRL is for ispDS+ only.

Truth Table:

BK_IN BK_CAOCTRL

High HighLow Low

BK_IN BK_CAOCTRL

CAOCTRL

Macro Library Reference Manual 410

Page 411: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Timer/Counter Modules

C4R4AL

Availability: C4R4AL is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 4-bank register 8/16-bit up/down counter with adjacentload-enable. Banks 1, 3, 5, and 7 are counters while 0, 2, 4, and 6are registers.

* These inputs, once set, are fixed and can only be connected to VCC/GND.‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table

Input

DI[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-in.B[1,3,5,7]PLEN Adjacent bank parallel load enable input. When

active high, loads the adjacent register [0,2,4,6] intothe corresponding counter bank.

B[1,3,5,7]SZ* Bank size select input. Controls the size of thecorresponding counter bank. 1 is 16-bit, 0 is 8-bit.

BS[2:0] Bank select inputs.B[1,3,5,7]UD* Bank up/down select input. Controls the up/down

counting of the corresponding counter bank. 1 isup, 0 is down.

B[1,3,5,7]CH Bank count/hold select input. Controls the count/hold operation of the corresponding counter bank. 1is count, 0 is hold the count.

B[0:7]CLK Bank clock input.MRST Module reset signal. When active high resets the

counter banks to zero.EN‡ Parallel data load enable input. When active high,

loads the DI[15:0] input into the counter bankselected by the input BS[2:0].

Output

B[1,3,5,7]CO‡ Active high. Indicates the corresponding counterbank has reached its terminal count.

DO[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-out from the counter.

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7DI8DI9DI10DI11DI12DI13DI14DI15

B1SZB3SZB5SZB7SZ

BS0BS1BS2

B1UDB3UDB5UDB7UDB1CHB3CHB5CHB7CH

B0CLKB1CLKB2CLKB3CLKB4CLKB5CLKB6CLKB7CLK

MRST

EN

B1COB3COB5COB7CO

DO0DO1DO2DO3DO4DO5DO6DO7DO8DO9

DO10DO11DO12DO13DO14DO15

C4R4AL

B1PLENB3PLENB5PLENB7PLEN

Macro Library Reference Manual 411

Page 412: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

C4R4AL

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

#Carry-Out Control Block(Applicable only when the counter reaches terminal count.)

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

EN POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POLEN, which has adefault value of high.

B[1,3,5,7]CO# CAOCTRL† Output carry-out signal is controlled byRP[1,3,5,7] which is low by default.

RP[1,3,5,7]B[1,3,5,7]CH

High Low

High B[1,3,5,7]CO=High B[1,3,5,7]CO=High

Low B[1,3,5,7]CO=Low B[1,3,5,7]CO=High

Macro Library Reference Manual 412

Page 413: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

C4R4PL

Availability: C4R4PL is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 4-bank register 8/16-bit up/down counter with parallelload-enable. Banks 1, 3, 5, and 7 are counters while 0, 2, 4, and 6are registers.

* These inputs, once set, are fixed and can only be connected to VCC/GND.‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table

Input

DI[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-in.B[1,3,5,7]SZ* Bank size select input. Controls the size of the

corresponding counter bank. 1 is a 16-bit, 0 is an8-bit.

BS[2:0] Bank select inputs.B[1,3,5,7]UD* Bank up/down select input. Controls the up/down

counting of the corresponding counter bank. 1 isup, 0 is down.

B[1,3,5,7]CH Bank count/hold select input. Controls the count/hold operation of the corresponding counter bank.1 is count, 0 is hold the count.

B[0:7]CLK Bank clock input.MRST Module reset signal. When active high, resets the

counter banks to zero.EN‡ Parallel data load enable input. When active high,

loads the DI[15:0] input into the counter bankselected by the input BS[2:0].

Output

B[1,3,5,7]CO‡ Active high. Indicates the corresponding counterbank has reached its terminal count.

DO[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-out from the counter.

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7DI8DI9DI10DI11DI12DI13DI14DI15

B1SZB3SZB5SZB7SZ

BS0BS1BS2

B1UDB3UDB5UDB7UD

B1CHB3CHB5CHB7CH

B0CLKB1CLKB2CLKB3CLKB4CLKB5CLKB6CLKB7CLK

MRST

EN

B1COB3COB5COB7CO

DO0DO1DO2DO3DO4DO5DO6DO7DO8DO9

DO10DO11DO12DO13DO14DO15

C4R4PL

Macro Library Reference Manual 413

Page 414: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

C4R4PL

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

#Carry-Out Control(Applicable only when the counter reaches terminal count.)

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

EN POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POLEN, which has a defaultvalue of high.

B[1,3,5,7]CO# CAOCTRL† Carry-out signal is controlled by RP[1,3,5,7] whichis low by default.

RP[1,3,5,7]B[1,3,5,7]CH

High Low

High B[1,3,5,7]CO=High B[1,3,5,7]CO=High

Low B[1,3,5,7]CO=Low B[1,3,5,7]CO=High

Macro Library Reference Manual 414

Page 415: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

T4R4AL

Availability: T4R4AL is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 4-bank register 8/16-bit up/down timer with adjacentload-enable. Banks 1, 3, 5, and 7 are timers while 0, 2, 4, and 6 areregisters.

* These inputs, once set, are fixed and can only be connected to VCC/GND.‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table

Input

DI[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-in.B[1,3,5,7]PLEN Adjacent bank parallel load enable input. When active

high, loads the adjacent register 0,2,4,6] into thecorresponding timer bank.

B[1,3,5,7]SZ* Bank size select input. Controls the size of thecorresponding timer bank. 1 is a 16-bit, 0 is an 8-bit.

BS[2:0] Bank select inputs.B[1,3,5,7]UD* Bank up/down select input. Controls the up/down

counting of the corresponding timer bank. 1 is up, 0 isdown.

B[1,3,5,7]CH Bank count/hold select input. Controls the count/holdoperation of the corresponding timer bank. 1 is count,0 is hold the count.

B[0:7]CLK Bank clock input.MRST Module reset signal. When active high, resets the

timer banks to zero.EN‡ Parallel data load enable input. When active high,

loads the DI[15:0] input into the timer bank selectedby the input BS[2:0].

Output

B[1,3,5,7TC‡ Active high. Indicates the corresponding timer bankhas reached its terminal count.

DO[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-out from the timer.

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7DI8DI9DI10DI11DI12DI13DI14DI15

B1SZB3SZB5SZB7SZ

BS0BS1BS2

B1UDB3UDB5UDB7UDB1CHB3CHB5CHB7CH

B0CLKB1CLKB2CLKB3CLKB4CLKB5CLKB6CLKB7CLK

MRST

EN

B1TCB3TCB5TCB7TC

DO0DO1DO2DO3DO4DO5DO6DO7DO8DO9

DO10DO11DO12DO13DO14DO15

T4R4AL

B1PLENB3PLENB5PLENB7PLEN

Macro Library Reference Manual 415

Page 416: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

T4R4AL

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

#Carry-Out Control(Applicable only when the counter reaches terminal count.)

Programmable Pin Control BlockAttached Description

EN POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POLEN, which has a defaultvalue of high.

B[1,3,5,7]TC# CAOCTRL† Carry-out signal is controlled by RP[1,3,5,7] whichis low by default.

RP[1,3,5,7]B[1,3,5,7]CH

High Low

High B[1,3,5,7]TC=High B[1,3,5,7]TC=High

Low B[1,3,5,7]TC=Low B[1,3,5,7]TC=High

Macro Library Reference Manual 416

Page 417: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

T4R4PL

Availability: T4R4PL is for ispDS+ only.

Description: A 4-bank register 8/16-bit up/down timer with parallelload-enable. Banks 1, 3, 5, and 7 are timers while 0, 2, 4, and 6 areregisters.

* These inputs, once set, are fixed and can only be connected to VCC/GND.‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table

Input

DI[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-in.B[1,3,5,7]SZ* Bank size select input. Controls the size of the

corresponding timer bank. 1 is 16-bit, 0 is 8-bit.BS[2:0] Bank select inputs.B[1,3,5,7]UD* Bank up/down select input. Controls the up/down

counting of the corresponding timer bank. 1 is up, 0 isdown.

B[1,3,5,7]CH Bank count/hold select input. Controls the count/holdoperation of the corresponding timer bank. 1 is count,0 is hold the count.

B[0:7]CLK Bank clock input.MRST Module reset signal. When active high, resets the

timer banks to zero.EN‡ Parallel data load enable input. When active high,

loads the DI[15:0] input into the timer bank selectedby the input BS[2:0].

Output

B[1,3,5,7]TC‡ Active high. Indicates the corresponding timer bankhas reached its terminal count.

DO[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-out from the timer.

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7DI8DI9DI10DI11DI12DI13DI14DI15

B1SZB3SZB5SZB7SZ

BS0BS1BS2

B1UDB3UDB5UDB7UD

B1CHB3CHB5CHB7CH

B0CLKB1CLKB2CLKB3CLKB4CLKB5CLKB6CLKB7CLK

MRST

EN

B1TCB3TCB5TCB7TC

DO0DO1DO2DO3DO4DO5DO6DO7DO8DO9

DO10DO11DO12DO13DO14DO15

T4R4PL

Macro Library Reference Manual 417

Page 418: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

T4R4PL

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

#Carry-Out Control(Applicable only when the timer reaches terminal count.)

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

EN POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POLEN, which has adefault value of high.

B[1,3,5,7]TC# CAOCTRL† Carry-out signal is controlled by RP[1,3,5,7]which is low by default.

RP[1,3,5,7]B[1,3,5,7]CH

High Low

High B[1,3,5,7]TC=High B[1,3,5,7]TC=High

Low B[1,3,5,7]TC=Low B[1,3,5,7]TC=High

Macro Library Reference Manual 418

Page 419: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

T4R4CPV

Availability: T4R4CPV is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 4-bank register 8/16 bit up/down timer with custom-preset value enable options.

* These inputs, once set, are fixed and can only be connected to VCC/GND.‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table

Input

DI[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-in.B[1,3,5,7]PLEN‡ Preset load value load enable input. When active

high, loads the custom preset value into thecorresponding timer bank.

B[1,3,5,7]SZ* Bank size select input. Controls the size of thecorresponding timer bank. 1 is 16-bit, 0 is 8-bit.

BS[2:0] Bank select inputs.B[1,3,5,7]UD* Bank up/down select input. Controls the up/down

counting of the corresponding timer bank. 1 is up, 0 isdown.

B[1,3,5,7]CH Bank count/hold select input. Controls the count/holdoperation of the corresponding timer bank. 1 is count,0 is hold the count.

B[0:7]CLK Bank clock input.MRST Module reset signal. When active high, resets the

timer banks to zero.EN‡ Parallel data load enable input. When active high,

loads the DI[15:0] input into the timer bank selectedby the input BS[2:0].

Output

B[1,3,5,7]TC‡ Active high. Indicates the corresponding timer bankhas reached its terminal count.

DO[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-out from the timer.

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7DI8DI9DI10DI11DI12DI13DI14DI15

B1SZB3SZB5SZB7SZ

BS0BS1BS2

B1UDB3UDB5UDB7UDB1CHB3CHB5CHB7CH

B0CLKB1CLKB2CLKB3CLKB4CLKB5CLKB6CLKB7CLK

MRST

EN

B1TCB3TCB5TCB7TC

DO0DO1DO2DO3DO4DO5DO6DO7DO8DO9

DO10DO11DO12DO13DO14DO15

T4R4CPV

B1PLENB3PLENB5PLENB7PLEN

Macro Library Reference Manual 419

Page 420: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

T4R4CPV

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

#Carry-Out Control(Applicable only when the timer reaches terminal count.)

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

EN POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POLEN, which has a defaultvalue of high.

B[1,3,5,7]TC# CAOCTRL† Carry-out signal is controlled by RP[1,3,5,7] whichis low by default.

B[1,3,5,7]PLEN PSCTRL [1,3,5,7]† When active high, the custom preset value inputsCPV[1,3,5,7]-[15:0] determine the preset loadvalue; CPV[1,3,5,7] [0] is the LSB. The defaultvalue is zero.

RP[1,3,5,7]B[1,3,5,7]CH

High Low

High B[1,3,5,7]TC=High B[1,3,5,7]TC=High

Low B[1,3,5,7]TC=Low B[1,3,5,7]TC=High

Macro Library Reference Manual 420

Page 421: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM Modules

Port A interfaces with external logic through dedicated I/O pins and port B isinternal to the device through the GRP.

RAM1

Availability: RAM1 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 256 x 18 single port RAM using A port.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table** ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be connected

to bidirectional pins.

Input

ADI[17:0]** 18-bit data-in at port A.ARW‡ Read/write enable. By default, when ARW is low,

function is write enable; when ARW is high, functionis read enable.

AA[7:0] Memory address.ACS‡ Chip select. By default, ACS is active low. When

ACS is active, RAM responds to read/write enable.

Output

ADO[17:0]** 18-bit data-out.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8ADI9ADI10ADI11ADI12ADI13ADI14ADI15

ARW

AA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6AA7

ACS

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8ADO9

ADO10ADO11ADO12ADO13ADO14ADO15

ADI16ADI17

ADO16ADO17

RAM1

Macro Library Reference Manual 421

Page 422: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM1

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

ACS POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_CHS, which has adefault value of high.

ARW POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_WRL, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 422

Page 423: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM2

Availability: RAM2 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 256 x 18 single port RAM using B port.

Input

BDI[17:0] 18-bit data-in.BRW Read/write enable. By default, when BRW is low, the

function is write enable; when BRW is high, thefunction is read enable.

BA[7:0] Memory addressBCS Chip Select. By default, BCS is active low. When

BCS is active, RAM responds to read/write enable.

Output

BDO[17:0] 18-bit data-out.

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5BDI6BDI7BDI8BDI9BDI10BDI11BDI12BDI13BDI14BDI15

BRW

BA0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6BA7

BCS

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8BDO9

BDO10BDO11BDO12BDO13BDO14BDO15

BDI16BDI17

BDO16BDO17

RAM2

Macro Library Reference Manual 423

Page 424: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM3

Availability: RAM3 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 256 x 18 single port RAM using A port with 9-bitwrite/read.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table** ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be connected

to bidirectional pins.

Input

ADI[17:0]** 18-bit data-in.ARWL‡ Read/write enable from/to lower 9-bit location of

memory. By default, when ARWL is low, thefunction is write enable; when ARWL is high, thefunction is read enable.

ARWH‡ Read/write enable from/to upper 9-bit location ofmemory. By default, when ARWH is low, thefunction is write enable; when ARWH is high, thefunction is read enable.

AA[7:0] Memory address.ACS‡ Chip Select. By default, ACS is active low. When

ACS is active, RAM responds to read/write enable.

Output

ADO[17:0]** 18-bit data-out.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8ADI9ADI10ADI11ADI12ADI13ADI14ADI15

ARWL

AA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6AA7

ACS

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8ADO9

ADO10ADO11ADO12ADO13ADO14ADO15

ADI16ADI17

ADO16ADO17

RAM3

ARWH

Macro Library Reference Manual 424

Page 425: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM3

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

ACS POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_CHS, which has adefault value of high.

ARWL POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POL_WRL, which has adefault value of high.

ARWH POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_WRH, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 425

Page 426: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM4

Availability: RAM4 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 256 x 18 single port RAM using B port with 9-bitwrite/read.

Input

BDI[17:0] 18-bit data-in.BRWL Read/write enable from/to lower 9-bit location of

memory. By default, if BRWL is low, the function iswrite enable; if BRWL is high, the function is readenable.

BRWH Read/write enable from/to upper 9-bit location ofmemory. By default, if BRWH is low, the function iswrite enable; if BRWH is high, the function is readenable.

BA[7:0] Memory address.BCS Chip Select. By default, BCS is active low. When

BCS is active, RAM responds to read/write enable.

Output

BDO[17:0] 18-bit data-out.

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5BDI6BDI7BDI8BDI9BDI10BDI11BDI12BDI13BDI14BDI15

BRWL

BA0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6BA7

BCS

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8BDO9

BDO10BDO11BDO12BDO13BDO14BDO15

BDI16BDI17

BDO16BDO17

RAM4

BRWH

Macro Library Reference Manual 426

Page 427: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM5

Availability: RAM5 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 512 x 9 single port using A port.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table** ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be connected

to bidirectional pins.

Input

ADI[8:0]** 9-bit data-in.ARWL‡ Read/write enable. By default, when ARWL is

low, function is write enable; when ARWL ishigh, function is read enable.

AA[8:0] Memory address.ACS‡ Chip Select. By default, ACS is active low.

When ACS is activ e, RAM responds to read/write enable.

Output

ADO[8:0]** 9-bit data-out.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8

ARWL

AA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6AA7

ACS

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8

RAM5

AA8

Macro Library Reference Manual 427

Page 428: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM5

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

ACS POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_CHS, which has adefault value of high.

ARWL POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_WRL, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 428

Page 429: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM6

Availability: RAM6 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 512 x 9 single port using B port.

Input

BDI[8:0] 9-bit data-in.BRWL Read/write enable. By default, when BRWL is low,

the function is write enable; when BRWL is high,the function is read enable.

BA[8:0] Memory address.BCS Chip Select. By default, BCS is active low. When

BCS is active, RAM responds to read/write enable.

Output

BDO[8:0] 9-bit data-out.

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5BDI6BDI7BDI8

BRWL

BA0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6BA7

BCS

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8

RAM6

BA8

Macro Library Reference Manual 429

Page 430: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM7

Availability: RAM7 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: Two 128 x 18, single port RAM.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table** ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be connected

to bidirectional pins.

Input

ADI[17:0]** 18-bit data-in to port A.BDI[17:0] 18-bit data-in to port B.ARW‡ Read/write enable for port A. By default, when

ARW is low, the function is write enable; whenARW is high, the function is read enable.

BRW Read/write enable for port B. By default, whenBRW is low, the function is write enable; whenBRW is high, the function is read enable.

AA[6:0] Memory address to port A.BA[6:0] Memory address to port B.ACS‡ Chip select to port A. By default, ACS is active low.

When ACS is active, port A of RAM responds toread/write enable.

BCS Chip select to port B. By default, BCS is active low.When BCS is active, port B of RAM responds toread/write enable.

Output

ADO[17:0]** 18-bit data-out from port A.BDO[17:0] 18-bit data-out from port B.

RAM7

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8ADI9ADI10ADI11ADI12ADI13ADI14ADI15

ARW

AA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6

ACS

ADI16ADI17

BCS

BA0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5ADI6BDI7BDI8BDI9BDI10BDI11BDI12BDI13BDI14BDI15BDI16BDI17

BRW

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8ADO9

ADO10ADO11ADO12ADO13ADO14ADO15ADO16ADO17

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8BDO9

BDO10BDO11BDO12BDO13BDO14BDO15BDO16BDO17

Macro Library Reference Manual 430

Page 431: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM7

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

ACS POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_CHS, which has adefault value of high.

ARWL POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_WRL, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 431

Page 432: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM8

Availability: RAM8 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: Two 128 x 18, single port RAM with 9-bit write/read.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table** ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be connected to bidirectional pins.

Input

ADI[17:0]** 18-bit data-in to port A.BDI[17:0] 18-bit data-in to port B.ARWL‡ Read/write enable for port A from/to lower 9-bit

location of memory. By default, when ARWL is low,the function is write enable; when ARWL is high, thefunction is read enable.

ARWH‡ Read/write enable for port A from/to upper 9-bitlocation of memory. By default, when ARWH is low,the function is write enable; when ARWH is high, thefunction is read enable.

BRWL Read/write enable for port B from/to lower 9-bitlocation of memory. By default, when BRWL is low,the function is write enable; when BRWL is high, thefunction is read enable.

BRWH Read/write enable for port B from/to upper 9-bitlocation of memory. By default, when BRWH is low,the function is write enable; when BRWH is high, thefunction is read enable.

AA[6:0] Memory address to port A.BA[6:0] Memory address to port B.ACS‡ Chip select to port A. By default, ACS is active low.

When ACS is active, port A of RAM responds toread/write enable.

BCS Chip select to port B. By default, BCS is active low.When BCS is active, port B of RAM responds toread/write enable.

Output

ADO[17:0]** 18-bit data-out from port A.BDO[17:0] 18-bit data-out from port B.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8ADI9ADI10ADI11ADI12ADI13ADI14ADI15

ARWH

AA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6

ACS

ADI16ADI17

BCS

BA0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5ADI6BDI7BDI8BDI9BDI10BDI11BDI12BDI13BDI14BDI15BDI16BDI17

BRWH

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8ADO9

ADO10ADO11ADO12ADO13ADO14ADO15ADO16ADO17

RAM8

ARWL

BRWL

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8BDO9

BDO10BDO11BDO12BDO13BDO14BDO15BDO16BDO17

Macro Library Reference Manual 432

Page 433: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM8

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

ACS POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_CHS, which has adefault value of high.

ARWL POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POL_WRL, which has adefault value of high.

ARWH POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_WRH, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 433

Page 434: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM9

Availability: RAM9 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: Two 256 x 9, single port RAM.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table** ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be connected

to bidirectional pins.

Input

ADI[8:0]** 9-bit data-in to port A.BDI[8:0] 9-bit data-in to port B.ARWL‡ Read/write enable for port A. By default, when

ARWL is low, the function is write enable; whenARWL is high, the function is read enable.

BRWL Read/write enable for port B. By default, whenBRWL is low, the function is write enable; whenBRWL is high, the function is read enable.

AA[7:0] Memory address to port A.BA[7:0] Memory address to port B.ACS‡ Chip select to port A. By default, ACS is active low.

When ACS is active, port A of RAM responds toread/write enable.

BCS Chip select to port B. By default, BCS is active low.When BCS is active, port B of RAM responds toread/write enable.

Output

ADO[8:0]** 9-bit data-out from port A.BDO[8:0] 9-bit data-out from port B.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8

ARWL

AA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6AA7

BCS

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8

RAM9

ACS

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5BDI6BDI7BDI8

BA0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6BA7

BRWL

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8

Macro Library Reference Manual 434

Page 435: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM9

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

ACS POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_CHS, which has adefault value of high.

ARWL POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_WRL, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 435

Page 436: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM10

Availability: RAM10 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 256 x 18, dual port RAM with port A and B.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table** ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be connected

to bidirectional pins.

Input

ADI[17:0]** 18-bit data-in to port A.BDI[17:0] 18-bit data-in to port B.ARW‡ Read/write enable for port A. By default, when ARW

is low, the function is write enable; when ARW ishigh, the function is read enable.

BRW Read/write enable for port B. By default, when BRWis low, the function is write enable; when BRW ishigh, the function is read enable.

AA[7:0] Address to port A.BA[7:0] Address to port B.ACS‡ Chip select to port A. By default, ACS is active low.

When ACS is active, port A of RAM responds toread/write enable.

BCS Chip select to port B. By default, BCS is active low.When BCS is active, port B of RAM responds toread/write enable.

Output

ADO[17:0]** 18-bit data-out to port A.BDO[17:0] 18-bit data-out to port B.ABUSY Busy flag from port A. Active high. Becomes active

when the same address is used by port B.BBUSY Busy flag from port B. Active high. Becomes active

when the same address is used by port A.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8ADI9ADI10ADI11ADI12ADI13ADI14ADI15

ARW

AA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6

ACS

ADI16ADI17

BCS

BA0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5ADI6BDI7BDI8BDI9BDI10BDI11BDI12BDI13BDI14BDI15BDI16BDI17

BRW

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8ADO9

ADO10ADO11ADO12ADO13ADO14ADO15ADO16ADO17

RAM10

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8BDO9

BDO10BDO11BDO12BDO13BDO14BDO15BDO16BDO17

AA7

BA7

ABUSY

BBUSY

Macro Library Reference Manual 436

Page 437: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM10

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

ACS POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_CHS, which has adefault value of high.

ARWL POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_WRL, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 437

Page 438: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM11

Availability: RAM11 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 256 x 18, dual port RAM with 9-bit write/read.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table** ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be connected to bidirectional pins.

Input

ADI[17:0]** 18-bit data-in to port A.BDI[17:0] 18-bit data-in to port B.ARWL‡ Read/write enable for port A from/to lower 9-bit

location of memory. By default, when ARWL is low,the function is write enable; when ARWL is high, thefunction is read enable.

ARWH‡ Read/write enable for port A from/to upper 9-bitlocation of memory. By default, when ARWH is low,the function is write enable; when ARWH is high, thefunction is read enable.

BRWL Read/write enable for port B from/to lower 9-bitlocation of memory. By default, when BRWL is low,the function is write enable; when BRWL is high, thefunction is read enable.

BRWH Read/write enable for port B from/to upper 9-bitlocation of memory. By default, when BRWH is low,the function is write enable; when BRWH is high, thefunction is read enable.

AA[7:0] Memory address to port A.BA[7:0] Memory address to port B.ACS‡ Chip select to port A. By default, ACS is active low.

When ACS is active, port A of RAM responds toread/write enable.

BCS Chip select to port B. By default, BCS is active low.When BCS is active, port B of RAM responds toread/write enable.

Output

ADO[17:0]** 18-bit data-out to port A.BDO[17:0] 18-bit data-out to port B.ABUSY Busy flag from port A. Active high. Becomes active

when the same address is used by port B.BBUSY Busy flag from port B. Active high. Becomes active

when the same address is used by port A.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8ADI9ADI10ADI11ADI12ADI13ADI14ADI15

BRWH

AA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6

ACS

ADI16ADI17

BCS

BA0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5ADI6BDI7BDI8BDI9BDI10BDI11BDI12BDI13BDI14BDI15BDI16BDI17ARWL

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8ADO9

ADO10ADO11ADO12ADO13ADO14ADO15ADO16ADO17

RAM11

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8BDO9

BDO10BDO11BDO12BDO13BDO14BDO15BDO16BDO17

AA7

BA7

ABUSY

BBUSY

ARWHBRWL

Macro Library Reference Manual 438

Page 439: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM11

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

ACS POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_CHS, which has adefault value of high.

ARWH POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_WRL, which has adefault value of high.

ARWL POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POL_WRH, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 439

Page 440: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM12

Availability: RAM12 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 512 x 9 dual port RAM.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table** ADI, ADO are required to share I/O pins so must be connected to bidirectional pins.

Input

ADI[8:0]** 9-bit data-in to port A.BDI[8:0] 9-bit data-in to port B.ARWL‡ Read/write enable for port A. By default, when

ARWL is low, the function is write enable; whenARWL is high, the function is read enable.

BRWL Read/write enable for port B. By default, whenBRWL is low, the function is write enable; whenBRWL is high, the function is read enable.

AA[8:0] Memory address to port A.BA[8:0] Memory address to port B.ACS‡ Chip select to port A. By default, ACS is active low.

When ACS is active, port A of RAM responds toread/write enable.

BCS Chip select to port B. By default, BCS is active low.When BCS is active, port B of RAM responds toread/write enable.

Output

ADO[8:0]** 9-bit data-out from port A.BDO[8:0] 9-bit data-out from port B.ABUSY Busy flag from port A. Active high. Becomes active

when the same address is used by port B.BBUSY Busy flag from port B. Active high. Becomes active

when the same address is used by port A.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8

ARWL

AA0AA1AA2AA3AA4AA5AA6AA7

BCS

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8

RAM12

ACS

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5BDI6BDI7BDI8

BA0BA1BA2BA3BA4BA5BA6BA7

BRWL BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8

BA8

AA8

ABUSY

BBUSY

Macro Library Reference Manual 440

Page 441: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RAM12

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

ACS POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_CHS, which has adefault value of high.

ARWL POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_WRL, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 441

Page 442: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FIFO Modules

The FIFO can be configured in two directions: Port A to B, where data flows from the dedicatedFIFO I/O pins to the GRP; and Port B to A, where data flows from the GRP to I/O pins. Accessbetween ports can be asynchronous.

FIFO1

Availability: FIFO1 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 256 x 18 FIFO from port A to port B.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table§ Data-in can only be external input signals. No logic can be connected.

Input

MRST‡ Reset. Active low.ADI[17:0]§ 18-bit data-in at port A.AWR‡ Write enable at port A. Positive edge triggered and

the data at ADI is written into memory.BRD Read enable at port B. Positive edge triggered and

the data from the memory is read into BDO.

Output

BDO[17:0] 18-bit data-out at port B.ALE‡ Almost empty flag. Active high. When the number of

data words stored in the memory is equal to or fallsbelow the preset value, ALE goes high.

ALF‡ Almost full flag. Active high. When the number ofdata words stored in the memory is equal to orexceeds the preset value, ALF goes high.

EF Empty flag. Active low.FF Full flag. Active low.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8ADI9ADI10ADI11ADI12ADI13ADI14ADI15

AWR

MRST

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8BDO9

BDO10BDO11BDO12BDO13BDO14BDO15

ADI16ADI17

BDO16BDO17

FIFO1

BRD

ALE

ALF

EF

FF

Macro Library Reference Manual 442

Page 443: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FIFO1

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

MRST POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_RST, which has adefault value of high.

AWR POLCTRL2† Polarity of port A write signal controlled byPOL_WRL, which has a default value of high.

ALE ALECTRL8† Value of almost empty flag is controlled by inputsALEOPT[7:0]; ALEOPT0 is the LSB. Default valueis 63.

ALF ALFCTRL8† Value of almost full flag is controlled by inputsALFOPT[7:0]; ALFOPT0 is the LSB. Default valueis 128.

Macro Library Reference Manual 443

Page 444: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FIFO2

Availability: FIFO2 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 256 x 18 FIFO from port B to port A.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table§§ Data-out can only be external output signals. No logic can be connected.

Input

MRST‡ Reset. Active low.BDI[17:0] 18-bit data-in at port B.ARD‡ Read enable at port A. Positive edge-triggered and

the data from the memory is read into ADO.BWR Write enable at port B. Positive edge-triggered and

the data at BDI is written into memory.

Output

ADO[17:0]§§ 18-bit data-out at port A.ALE‡ Almost empty flag. Active high. When the number of

data words stored in the memory is equal to or fallsbelow the preset value, ALE goes high.

ALF‡ Almost full flag. Active high. When the number ofdata words stored in the memory is equal to orexceeds the preset value, ALF goes high.

EF Empty flag. Active low.FF Full flag. Active low.

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5BDI6BDI7BDI8BDI9BDI10BDI11BDI12BDI13BDI14BDI15

ARD

MRST

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8ADO9

ADO10ADO11ADO12ADO13ADO14ADO15

BDI16BDI17

ADO16ADO17

FIFO2

BWR

ALE

ALF

EF

FF

Macro Library Reference Manual 444

Page 445: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FIFO2

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

MRST POLCTRL2† Polarity controlled by POL_RST, which has adefault value of high.

ARD POLCTRL2† Polarity of port A read signal controlled byPOL_WRL, which has a default value of high.

ALE ALECTRL8† Value of almost empty flag is controlled by inputsALEOPT[7:0]; ALEOPT0 is the LSB. Defaultvalue is 63.

ALF ALFCTRL8† Value of almost full flag is controlled by inputsALFOPT[7:0]; ALFOPT0 is the LSB. Default valueis 128.

Macro Library Reference Manual 445

Page 446: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FIFO3

Availability: FIFO3 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 512 x 9 FIFO from port A to port B.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table§ Data-in can only be external input signals. No logic can be connected.

Input

MRST‡ Reset. Active low.ADI[8:0] 9-bit data-in at port A.AWRL‡ Write enable at port A. Positive edge-triggered and

the data at ADI is written into memory.BRDL Read enable at port B. Positive edge-triggered and

the data from the memory is read into BDO.

Output

BDO[8:0] 9-bit data-out at port B.ALE‡ Almost empty flag. Active high. When the number of

data words stored in the memory is equal to or fallsbelow the preset value, ALE goes high.

ALF‡ Almost full flag. Active high. When the number ofdata words stored in the memory is equal to orexceeds the preset value, ALF goes high.

EF Empty flag. Active low.FF Full flag. Active low.

ADI0ADI1ADI2ADI3ADI4ADI5ADI6ADI7ADI8

AWRL

MRST

BDO0BDO1BDO2BDO3BDO4BDO5BDO6BDO7BDO8

FIFO3

BRDLALF

ALE

EF

FF

Macro Library Reference Manual 446

Page 447: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FIFO3

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

MRST POLCTRL2† Polarity of module reset controlled by POL_RST,which has a default value of high.

AWRL POLCTRL2† Polarity of port A write signal controlled byPOL_WRL, which has a default value of high.

ALE ALECTRL9† Value of ALE flag is controlled by inputsALEOPT[8:0]; ALEOPT0 is the LSB. Defaultvalue is 63.

ALF ALFCTRL9† Value of ALF flag is controlled by inputsALFOPT[8:0]; ALFOPT0 is the LSB. Defaultvalue is 384.

Macro Library Reference Manual 447

Page 448: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FIFO4

Availability: FIFO4 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: 512 X 9 FIFO from port B to port A.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table§§ Data-out can only be external output signals. No logic can be connected.

Input

MRST‡ Reset. Active low.BDI[8:0] 9-bit data-in at port B.ARDL‡ Read enable at port B. Positive edge-triggered

and the data from the memory is read into ADO.BWRL Write enable at port A. Positive edge-triggered

and the data at BDI is written into memory.

Output

ADO[8:0]§§ 9-bit data-out at port A.ALE‡ Almost empty flag. Active high. When the number

of data words stored in the memory is equal to orfalls below the preset value, ALE goes high.

ALF‡ Almost full flag. Active high. When the number ofdata words stored in the memory is equal to orexceeds the preset value, ALF goes high.

EF Empty flag. Active low.FF Full flag. Active low.

BDI0BDI1BDI2BDI3BDI4BDI5BDI6BDI7BDI8

ARDL

MRST

ADO0ADO1ADO2ADO3ADO4ADO5ADO6ADO7ADO8

FIFO4

BWRL

ALEALF

EF

FF

Macro Library Reference Manual 448

Page 449: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

FIFO4

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

MRST POLCTRL2† Polarity of module reset controlled by POL_RST,which has a default value of high.

ARDL POLCTRL2† Polarity of port A read signal controlled byPOL_WRL, which has a default value of high.

ALE ALECTRL9† Value of ALE flag is controlled by inputsALEOPT[8:0]; ALEOPT0 is the LSB. Defaultvalue is 63.

ALF ALFCTRL9† Value of ALF flag is controlled by inputsALFOPT[8:0]; ALFOPT0 is the LSB. Default valueis 384.

Macro Library Reference Manual 449

Page 450: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Register File Modules

PSSR8X16

Availability: PSSR8X16 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: Parallel to serial, 8-bank, 16-bit shift register.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table

Input

MRST Module reset input. Resets the register value tozero when active high.

DI[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-in.BS[2:0] Bank select input.SEN Serial shift enable input signal. When active high,

serially shifts the data through the data registerswith LSB being the first output.

CLK Bank clock input.EN‡ Parallel data load enable input. Loads the DI[15:0]

value into the bank selected by BS[2:0] when activehigh. It has a higher priority than SEN (serial shiftenable) input when both are active high.

Output

SDO Serial data-out. If data-in shifted into bank 0, theoutput can be observed exactly after 7x16 clockpulses with LSB being the first output.

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7DI8DI9DI10DI11DI12DI13DI14DI15

BS0BS1BS2

SEN

CLK

MRST

EN

SDO

PSSR8X16

Macro Library Reference Manual 450

Page 451: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

PSSR8x16

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

EN POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POLEN, which has adefault value of high.

Macro Library Reference Manual 451

Page 452: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SSSR128

Availability: SSSR128 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: Serial to serial, 8-bank, 16-bit shift register.

Input

MRST Module reset input. Resets the register value tozero when active high.

SDI Serial data-in.CLK Bank clock input.SEN Serial shift enable input signal. When active high,

serially shifts the data through the data registerswith LSB being the first output.

Output

SDO Serial data-out. If data-in shifted into bank 0, theoutput can be observed exactly after 7x16 clockpulses with LSB being the first output.

SDI

CLK

MRST

SEN

SDO

SSSR128

Macro Library Reference Manual 452

Page 453: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

SPSR8X16

Availability: SPSR8X16 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: Serial to parallel, 8-bank, 16-bit shift register.

Input

MRST Module reset input. Resets the register value tozero when active high.

SDI Serial data-in.BS[2:0] Bank select input.CLK Bank clock input.SEN Serial shift enable input signal. When active high,

serially shifts the data through the data registerswith LSB being the first output.

Output

DO[15:0] Parallel data-out.

SDI

BS0BS1BS2

CLK

MRST

SEN

DO0DO1DO2DO3DO4DO5DO6DO7DO8DO9

DO10DO11DO12DO13DO14DO15

SPSR8X16

Macro Library Reference Manual 453

Page 454: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

RF8X16

Availability: RF8X16 is for ispDS+ only.

Description: Parallel to parallel, 8-bank, 16-bit shift register.

‡ Refer to User Programmable Features table

RF8x16

† Refer to the section on Control Blocks for functionality

Input

MRST Module reset input. Resets the register value tozero when active high.

DI[15:0] 16-bit parallel data-in.BS[2:0] Bank select input.B[0:7]CLK Bank clock input.EN‡ Parallel data-in load enable input. When active

high loads the DI[15:0] values into the bankselected by BS[2:0].

Output

DO[15:0] Parallel data-out.

ProgrammablePin

Control BlockAttached Description

EN POLCTRL1† Polarity controlled by POLEN, whichhas a default value of high.

DI0DI1DI2DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7DI8DI9DI10DI11DI12DI13DI14DI15

BS0BS1BS2

B0CLKB1CLKB2CLKB3CLKB4CLKB5CLKB6CLKB7CLK

MRST

EN

DO0DO1DO2DO3DO4DO5DO6DO7DO8DO9

DO10DO11DO12DO13DO14DO15

RF8X16

Macro Library Reference Manual 454

Page 455: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Index

AADDF1 50ADDF16A 50ADDF2 50ADDF4 50ADDF8 50ADDF8A 50ADDH16A 65ADDH2 65ADDH3 65ADDH4 65ADDH8 65ADDH8A 65ALECTRL 406ALECTRL8 406ALFCTRL8 407ALFCTRL9 407AND2 Through AND18 328Arithmetic Functions 49

BBI11 296BI14 296BI18 296BI21 297BI24 297BI28 297BI31 298BI34 298BI38 298BI41 299BI44 299BI48 299Bidirectional Pins 296BIID11 300BIID14 300BIID18 300BIID21 301BIID24 301BIID28 301BIID31 302BIID34 302

BIID38 302BIID41 303BIID44 303BIID48 303BIID51 304BIID54 304BIID58 304BIID61 305BIID64 305BIID68 305BIID71 306BIID74 306BIID78 306BIID81 307BIID84 307BIID88 307BIIL11 308BIIL14 308BIIL18 308BIIL21 309BIIL24 309BIIL28 309BIIL31 310BIIL34 310BIIL38 310BIIL41 311BIIL44 311BIIL48 311BIIL51 312BIIL54 312BIIL58 312BIIL61 313BIIL64 313BIIL68 313BIIL71 314BIIL74 314BIIL78 314BIIL81 315BIIL84 315BIIL88 315BIN27 116Binary Counters 125BUF 329

Macro Library Reference Manual 455

Page 456: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Index

CC4R4AL 411C4R4PL 413CAOCTRL 410CBD11 125CBD12 125CBD14 125CBD18 125CBD21 131CBD22 131CBD24 131CBD28 131CBD31 137CBD32 137CBD34 137CBD38 137CBD41 144CBD42 144CBD44 144CBD48 144CBD516 151CBD616 151CBU11 161CBU12 161CBU14 161CBU18 161CBU21 167CBU22 167CBU24 167CBU28 167CBU31 173CBU32 173CBU34 173CBU38 173CBU41 180CBU42 180CBU44 180CBU48 180CBU516 187CBU616 187CBU716 196CBUD1 202CBUD2 202CBUD4 202CBUD8 202CDD14 212CDD18 212CDD24 218CDD28 218CDD34 224

CDD38 224CDD44 230CDD48 230CDU14 234CDU18 234CDU24 240CDU28 240CDU34 246CDU38 246CDU44 252CDU48 252CDUD4 258CDUD4c 268CDUD8 258CDUD8c 268CGD14 278CGD24 281CGU14 284CGU24 288CGUD4 291CMP2 78CMP4 78CMP8 78Coders 115Comparators 78Control Blocks 406Counters 124

DD Flip-flops 359D Latches 373DEC2 118DEC2E 118DEC3 119DEC3E 119DEC4 120DEC4E 120Decade Counters 234Decoders 116Demultiplexers 351DMUX2 351DMUX22 353DMUX22E 353DMUX24 354DMUX24E 354DMUX2E 351DMUX4 352DMUX42 355DMUX42E 355DMUX44 356

Macro Library Reference Manual 456

Page 457: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Index

DMUX44E 356DMUX4E 352DMUX82 357DMUX82E 357Documentation Conventions 10

EEncoders 121

FF3ADD 50F3SUB 91FD11 359FD14 359FD18 359FD21 360FD24 360FD28 360FD31 361FD34 361FD38 361FD41 362FD44 362FD48 362FD51 363FD54 363FD58 363FD61 364FD64 364FD68 364FD71 365FD74 365FD78 365FD81 366FD84 366FD88 366FD91 367FD94 367FD98 367FDA1 368FDA4 368FDA8 368FIFO Modules 442FIFO1 442FIFO2 444FIFO3 446FIFO4 448FJK11 369FJK21 369FJK31 370

FJK41 370FJK51 371FT11 372FT21 372

GGrey Code Counters 278

II/O Pins 295IB11 316ID11 317ID14 317ID18 317ID21 318ID24 318ID28 318IL11 319IL14 319IL18 319IL21 320IL24 320IL28 320Input Pins 316INV 329

JJK Flip-flops 369

LLD11 373LD14 373LD18 373LD21 374LD24 374LD28 374LD31 375LD34 375LD38 375LD41 376LD44 376LD48 376LD51 377LD54 377LD58 377LD61 378LD64 378LD68 378LD71 379

Macro Library Reference Manual 457

Page 458: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Index

LD74 379LD78 379LD81 380LD84 380LD88 380LD91 381LD94 381LD98 381LDA1 382LDA4 382LDA8 382Logic Gates 327, 328Logic Resources 15LSR1 383LSR2 383LXOR 334

MMacro Table, Quick Reference 17MAG2 79MAG4 79MAG8 79Module Macro Truth Tables 13MULT24 81MULT44 81Multiplexers 336Multipliers 81MUX/DMUX 335MUX16 339MUX16E 339MUX2 336MUX22 343MUX22E 343MUX24 344MUX24E 344MUX2E 336MUX4 337MUX42 345MUX42E 345MUX44 346MUX44A 349MUX44AE 349MUX44E 346MUX4E 337MUX8 338MUX82 350MUX82E 350MUX8E 338

NNAND16 330NAND2 Through NAND12 330NOR16 331NOR2 Through NOR12 331

OOB11 321OB21 322OB24 322OB28 322OR16 332OR2 Through OR12 332OT11 323OT14 323OT18 323OT21 324OT24 324OT28 324OT31 325OT34 325OT38 325OT41 326OT44 326OT48 326Output Pins 321Overview 8

PPG1 85PG2 85PG3 85PG4 85Pin Labeling 14POLCTRL 409Preface 8PREN10 122PREN10E 122PREN16 123PREN16E 123PREN8 121PREN8E 121Programmable Macro Reference 46Propagate-Generate 85PSCTRL 408PSSR8X16 450Purpose and Scope 9

Macro Library Reference Manual 458

Page 459: Macro Library Reference Manual · Macro Library Reference Manual 9 Purpose and Scope The Macro Library Reference Manual documents the features, capabilities, and use of the library

Index

RRAM Modules 421RAM1 421RAM10 436RAM11 438RAM12 440RAM2 423RAM3 424RAM4 426RAM5 427RAM6 429RAM7 430RAM8 432RAM9 434Register File Modules 450Registers 358RF8X16 454

SShift Registers 384Signal Names 10SPSR8X16 453SR Latches 383SRR11 384SRR14 384SRR18 384SRR21 388SRR24 388SRR28 388SRR31 392SRR34 392SRR38 392SRR41 396SRR44 396SRR48 396SRRL1 400SRRL4 400SRRL8 400SSSR128 452SUBF1 91SUBF16A 91SUBF2 91SUBF4 91SUBF8 91SUBF8A 91

SUBH1 102SUBH16A 102SUBH2 102SUBH3 102SUBH4 102SUBH8 102SUBH8A 102Subtractors 91

TT4R4AL 415T4R4CPV 419T4R4PL 417Timer/Counter Modules 411Toggle Flip-flops 372Truth Tables 12

UUsing the NOMIN Attribute 16

XXNOR2 333XNOR3 333XNOR4 333XNOR7 333XNOR8 333XNOR9 333XOR2 334XOR3 334XOR4 334XOR8 334XOR9 334

Macro Library Reference Manual 459